#changkyun fanfiction

[blizzardfluffykpop]

Bedroom Talks

Summary: At the end of summer before your junior year of high school. Your friend group reduces from a quartet to a trio. After college, the trio reduces to one and you’re left to face the city alone. On a lunch break you find yourself in a coffee shop, where you run into the first person you ever lost. And from there, your life turns upside down and he helps you through it all. He holds your hand and keeps you safe and makes sure you’re never alone. After all, that’s what best friends do, right?

Long Fic (Oneshot)

Fluff, Hurt/Comfort, Slight Angst, Slow burn, Reunited! Childhood Best Friends to Lovers au

TW: In the beginning the reader is in a toxic relationship

Word Count: 40,163

Changkyun (I.M) X Reader

[Features: Best Friends! Hoseok & Hyungwon & the rest of OT7]

[Long A/n: Three things; firstly, Hoseok & Hyungwon are only a year older than Changkyun & the reader- but they went to school at the same time. Secondly, some rules will be explained in the fic but if you don’t know how to play Bullshit card game: The rules are simple. In order you lay the cards in turn face down from Ace to King on top of each other. When you lay a card down you say their ‘value’ whether or not that is the actual card. If you think someone is lying about the card they placed you call bullshit. And make them flip their card, if you were correct they pick up the pile. If you were wrong you take the pile. The goal of the game is to get rid of all of your cards. (It usually takes 3 players but you can play with 2- It’s a really fun game, if you ever get the chance to play, please do) Lastly, this was only supposed to be 3k and here we are- enjoy! Also, I hope you guys enjoyed Overdrive- I know I have!].

------

Several years ago, you were a sophomore in high school. Your life was great. You have had three best friends since kindergarten: Changkyun, Hyungwon, and Hoseok. You did everything together, and they were always by your side. You always shared a class with one of them, so you were never alone. The four of you were always together, from doing homework to having dinner at each other's houses. It was the friendship of dreams. Sure, you had made other friends, but none of them compared to them. And you wouldn’t have it any other way. 

On the first day of summer, you were all hanging out in Changkyun's treehouse. When you guys finally fell into a comfortable silence, Changkyun cleared his throat. You all looked at him, and he said that he’d be moving away at the end of summer, and he wouldn’t be graduating with you three. You all waited with bated breath, hoping he'd say it was a joke. When it became clear it wasn't. The four of you were trembling with tears as you held each other. When you all stopped crying, you guys made a promise that no matter what happened, you'd stay together even if you were apart. The four of you would do your damnedest to make the most of your last summer together. From days at the beach to camping out, to movie nights, you made it a summer to remember. And when the day came for him to leave, you guys saw him off, and that was the last time you saw him in person.

Entering your junior year without him felt like you were all missing a piece. You’d find yourself looking for him in the halls. And you'd think you'd hear him calling your name. But he never was there, and you cry into your phone as you'd tell him how much you missed him, and he’d exchange the sentiment. The other two missed him just as much. And you three did your best to comfort each other, but it never filled that gap. At least, in your case, it didn’t.

It never clicked why you missed him more than your best friends did until you entered your senior year. You fell for him, but by then, the calls became fewer and fewer until they stopped. Hyungwon, Hoseok, and you graduated together. And you moved on, or at least you thought you did. You three moved into an apartment and went to college together. Something that the four of you had always dreamed of doing. It hurt realizing that what once was a quartet became the three musketeers. And by the time you got used to being three. They were off to pursue a mixture of everything on top of their modeling careers. And you were so proud of them, but you were left alone in the big city. Cities never sleep, and it never seemed daunting until that moment. And for the first time, since you were in kindergarten, you were completely alone, left to fend for yourself. You always had someone to lean on, while yeah, you could call them, it wasn't the same. It wasn't when Changkyun left and wasn't any different when they did. 

It wasn’t long before you found yourself in a toxic relationship. You were craving some attention and affection. Neither of which you found through him. But it was better than going to bed at night alone. At least, that’s what you told yourself. You missed your friends immensely, and nothing you did could fill the hole they left. You'd call them all the time, but that wasn't enough. Even surrounded by someone, you felt so alone.

He made you feel like you weren't good enough and that you couldn't do better. In your heart, you knew you could, but hearing it all the time made you believe it. All you wanted was to be held and to be told you were doing your best. But you never received that. All you got was cigarette smoke blown in your face. It was an allusion to the whole ordeal. That this was something you should be running away from. But the fog got harder and harder to cut through until you saw him again, Im Changkyun.

You met him on a day like the rest. You were leaving your job for lunch and stood waiting in line at this little coffee shop. When you heard the person in front of you whisper, “Fuck, where is it…” as they patted their pockets. Without a second thought, you came up and paid for them. You didn’t know you were paying for an old friend until you ordered your drink and looked over at him. “No fucking way,” you whispered, and he gasped as he got a good look at you, “(N/n)?” You couldn’t stop the tears from falling from your eyes as you looked at him for the first time in several years. He roped you up in a hug, and you held him tightly in your arms, and he scooted you both out of the line. You both pull back to grab your coffee, and he finds a booth where you sit across from each other. Through tears, you whisper, “I never thought I’d hear your voice, let alone see you again.” 

You look up to see him crying too. You reach over and grab his hand. He whispers, “I can’t believe it’s you… Why are you here? Aren’t you supposed to be managing Hoho and Wonnie?” You laugh through your tears, “That dream changed years ago, Kyunnie. You know I could never let you guys go.” He shakes his head, “You stayed in the apartment when they left, didn’t you?” You nodded, “It’s what we always talked about. I couldn't leave it.” He nods, “I’m so sorry I had to leave.” You shake your head, “Don’t be. You have no reason to be.” You look at the clock, “I only have forty minutes until I have to head back.” He nods, “That’s about the time I should return too.”

“Are you producing now?” He nods, “Yeah, are you managing finances somewhere?” You grin and nod, and he smiles, “I guess we made it then.” You smile, “I suppose so.” He asks, “So, are you with anyone now?” You make a face as you nod, and he gives you a stern look, “Why did you make that type of face?” You gulp, “Well, um… It’s not a perfect relationship.” He nods and rubs his thumb over the back of your hand. “You can talk to me about it. You know that, right?” You shake your head, “There's not enough time. Let me hear about you.” He nods before telling you how he works in a studio with his close friend. And how he remembered where he left his wallet. It was on his desk, and you laughed as you told him you had done that before. As the last ten minutes approached, you asked, “Do you have a new number?” He nods, and you exchange phones and put in your numbers. He walks out of the shop with you, and you head towards the left, and he goes right. “Text me!” You cheer, and he goes, “I will!” 

Like it was old times, you found yourself texting and talking with him all the time. He reminded you what it was like to laugh. You hadn’t laughed in such a long time. It was like a foreign feeling, a feeling that you readily welcomed. One that reminded you that you were so much more than what you had. Your guys' time coincided so well. While you texted Hoseok and Hyungwon every once and a blue moon. You were texting Changkyun all the time. A part of you came back when you found him again. It's when you start to see through the smoke. The smoke that was clouding your vision before is lying beside you.

Changkyun texts you one morning, “Hey, do you wanna hang out?” And you readily agreed, excited to see your best friend again, “Yeah, I can do lunch?” You told your boyfriend where you were going and told him with whom as you got ready for lunch. Even though you explained it well, he kept asking numerous questions. By the fiftieth one, you just wanted to roll your eyes as you put your shoes on. 

And when Changkyun rang the doorbell, that’s when he exploded. It wasn’t the first time you argued, but it was the first time you had done so in front of someone you cared about. You texted Changkyun you’d be another few minutes hoping he couldn’t hear what was happening behind the door. “You’re cheating on me, aren’t you!?” He accused you, and you were so confused, does rekindling with old friends equal cheating? And you said, “No.” And he called you all the names in the book. If you had more care in your system and didn’t have somewhere to be. You would be arguing back. He stops, and you tell him, “I’ll see you later.” With that, you open the door. What you didn’t expect to see was Changkyun standing right there. He immediately puts you behind him as your boyfriend exclaims, “Oh! So, this is who you’re with now?!” 

With a gruff voice, he said, “I don’t know what you’re fucking problem is. But yelling at your partner before they leave isn’t a way to get them to come back.” You could hear him shout something at you both as Changkyun shuts the door. He asks you to lock it, and when you make it inside the elevator, he asks softly, “You okay?” You nodded, not processing what just happened. You numbly followed after him until he asked, “What do you want for dinner?” You thought for a moment before saying, “Ramen.” He smiles, “Like old times, then?” You nodded and said cheerily, “I know a good place to get some!” He smiled and went, “Lead the way,” and you did. 

You took him to your favorite ramen place. It was down the street from where you lived. It opened up after the two moved out. You loved going there whenever you missed your trio of friends. It brought you comfort, but since you always ate alone there. You ended up imagining the three of them with you. Your boyfriend hated ramen, and you suppose that should have been the first red flag. 

Millie greeted you two with a smile, “(Y/n), you never bring anyone with you! Who’s this?” You smile, “This is Changkyun, my old friend!” She grins, “Well, Changkyun, you're about to eat the best ramen in town.” He nods, “Cool.” She leads you to your favorite table, the booth in the back. “Do you like anything special in yours?” He tells her, and she nods, “Okay, I’ll get your guys' order ready.” She grabs your drinks and places them in front of you before leaving to the back.

That’s when he asks, “Are you ready to talk about him now?” You gulp and look down at the table, “I never thought I’d talk about this with you or either of them. I was supposed to be rid of this before I saw any of you.” He nods and waits for you to continue, “You know it’s funny... The whole reason I dated him in the first place was for some attention and affection. And I never found either through him. It sucks that I do the chores by myself. I can't even ask for his help. If the sink gets full, he’ll maybe wash the one he needs. If something's broken, he’ll fix it after bitching about it. He’s a glorified bed warmer at this point.” He sighs, “I'm sorry you have had to deal with someone like him. You deserve someone who will be there for you and split everything with you." He pauses as you nod, "You know, for all that hassle, you could have gotten a dog instead.” You laugh and shake your head, “I never thought about it like that.” 

Millie brings over your bowls of ramen, “Here you go!” You smile, “Thanks, Millie!” And with that, she leaves, and you both chow down. And he whines, “Oh, how I’ve missed ramen.” You laugh and slurp your noodles before saying, “That’s a conversation I want to have!” He laughs, and you both contentedly eat your noodles. You finish your first bowl, and Kyun asks for another bowl for both of you. You wait for the next one, and he asks, “Do Hyungwon and Hoseok know?” You shake your head, and he sighs. You bow your head in shame, and you feel him lift your chin, “It’s okay. I just wanted to ask.” You look into his eyes, “I didn’t intend for this.” He nods, “I know. We all make mistakes. But it’s okay, 'cause I got your back again, and I’m not letting you fall through the cracks.” He slowly releases your chin from his palm as your next bowl arrives. 

You didn’t even realize you had damage from the relationship. The smoke was so thick it took a while to see through. But Changkyun was with you every step of the way. Which made you realize it wasn’t as hard as you made it out to be. You started to piece yourself back together. And before you knew it, you found the part of you that you were missing. But to change and move on and continue catering to the missing piece of you. You had to let go of the guy who no longer served you. 

When you realized you were more than what you were when you were with him. One thing led to another, and you were in a screaming match with your boyfriend. Things were ending fast. Your whole world was full of burning flames. You didn’t even notice the fire closing in on you. After all, you were getting rid of the spark. So, you didn't worry about the flames as you watched him pack his last box into his truck. He shouted to you that he had found someone anyways and didn't need you. He called you a few names as he hopped into his car. You rolled your eyes as he burned his tires off and out of the lot.

As you were about to turn in and fix everything disarranged, your landlord came up to you, “Hey, Mrs. Springer.” She sighed, “I know you’ve been a loyal tenant all these years. But considering what just went down, I have to ask you to move out by the end of next week.” You blinked at her, not believing your ears, “Wh-what?” She looks at you with ‘sorrowful eyes’ and says, “I don’t want any more disturbances of peace. And with you still living here, you may take him back. And we don’t need any more trouble like that here.” After everything, you wanted to crawl into your bed and cry in relief.

And now your landlord is adding another grievance onto your soul. “Okay,” is all you say before heading inside your apartment and slamming the door in her face. All the memories you tried to preserve here will be nothing more than memories of better times. You slink back to your room and redo your bed before finally breaking down and sobbing. After everything, that seemed to be your most reasonable decision. When you broke up with your so-called boyfriend, you thought that was the end of the fire. Little did you know that you only put out the spark, not the fire.

The next afternoon, Changkyun told you he had let Hyungwon and Hoseok know about your now ex. It was one thing to have a shitty ex. But you couldn’t bear to tell them you were out of a home too. You decided it was too early for ramen before you bit the bullet and decided to call around for a place to stay. At least for a week until you found something. You worked your way up from acquaintances to Hyungwon and Hoseok. Who are currently in two separate countries. You already knew it was useless to call them, but it was nice to hear their voices anyway. They promised to support you in any way they could, thousands of miles away. And the two of them scolded you for not calling them about your ex. They could have made accommodations for you by now. But on such short notice, they couldn't provide you with a roof over your head. 

So, with no options left, you held your finger over the dial button of the man who made you realize you were on fire in the first place. With a weary heart, you clicked it. Not giving yourself any more time to think about it. “Yeah?” He answers, and you sigh, “Um,... Well, you know how I broke up with him?” He hums, and you continue, “Well, um, he’s out of my life as he burned his tires off when my landlord approached me...” You stare at the carpet as you work your way up to say, “She wanted to end any disturbances of the peace. And because I'm associated with him. I uh will be out of a place to live at the end of the week.” You hear him say a soft, ‘oh’. You quickly follow up, “I don’t need a place for long, just enough to get another lease some-.” He cuts you off, “You’re welcome to stay with me as long as you like.” Maybe it was because of the smoke in your eyes, but you started crying as you hiccupped a “Thank you.” And with that, he asked, “Do you want to get ice cream?” 

And you agreed he picked you up for ice cream. He held you as you cried into your dessert. Your tears weren't for the jerk you left. They were for losing the apartment you had shared with your friends in college. When your cries became sniffles, he released you and checked that you didn’t need anything else. “You okay, big baby?” You nodded, and you both finished your treats, “You wanna go home?” You nodded to that too, too exhausted to speak. He held you as you walked back to his car. And when he got in the car, you reached for his hand, still wanting comfort. And he smiled and locked your hands together, “I’ll help you pack tomorrow.” You nod, “You don’t need anything before I leave?” You shake your head, ‘no’, “Do you want me to walk you up?” You nodded again, and he smiled, “Okay.” 

He walked you up, kissed the top of your head, and let go of your hand, “Have good dreams.” You whisper, “You too.” He nods, “Later, gator.” You muster up a smile, “Bye-bye, butterfly.” You unlock your door and clean up a few things before falling asleep. 

Without a second thought, he saved you from the flames. Holding you up as you cried, taking off all the decorations you put in your apartment to make it home. “You still have this photo?” He asks about the one Hoseok’s mom took of the four of you. You’re doing a handstand with both Changkyun and Hyungwon’s help. Hoseok is pointing and laughing at you three. His mom thought it was the funniest thing and printed multiple copies of it. You smile, “I have one more in a photo album.” He nods, “I still have mine. It's on my wall.” You point to the one the day before he left, “You have that one?” He nods, “I didn’t expect you to keep that one out.” You shake your head, “It was the last memory I got to have with you. I had to keep it close.” He nods, “Reasonable.” And carefully you put them into a box. 

You sigh as you reach the last one, “You’ve never seen this one.” He tilts his head, and you say, “It’s the day we signed our lease.” All three of you were holding the lease papers with bright smiles. “You guys looked so happy.” You nod, “Yeah. Remember how we always talked about sharing a place together? We were supposed to move into this apartment together...” He nods as he whispers, “I wanted to go to college with you three too.” You tell him, “We never stopped missing you. It was painful to lose connection with you. You were always a part of our conversations. We never let your memory fade.” He looks down at the carpet, “I'd always talk about you guys too. I always find a way to bring you three up, even if it wasn't intentional.” You grab his arm and bring him close, “How can I miss you even though you're right next to me?” He whispers, “I don't know... I still miss you even though you’re right here.” You stand there looking at that last photo for a while. Imagining what it'd be like if it went according to plan until you felt like moving again. 

And from there, it got easier, both physically and mentally. Because you had each other again, everything else didn’t have as many memories as those photos had. You put the boxes into the living room until you were ready to put them into your cars. You put away the last box in your car and went to see if you missed anything. After checking all the rooms, you found a mirror under the sink and brought it with you. While you were busy with that, Changkyun got your deposit back, stating that they were evicting you without proper notice. She grumbled as she wrote the check out for you, and with that, he walked back over to your apartment. 

You were looking up at the ceiling fixture, trying to take it all in for one last time. In a place that held so many good memories, it also held just as many bad ones. Yet, it's odd to leave it now until you spot Changkyun waving something with glee in his hands. “Look what I got~” He cheered, and you came over and looked, and you gasped at the sight. And you hugged him, “Oh, Kyun, I don’t know what I would have done without you. Thank you.” He grins and holds you, “It’s no problem. Now let’s get you to your new home.” You put the mirror on your passenger seat. And on the way over, you cashed the check, finally cutting another loss out of your life as you did. You split and wired the money between the two models before pocketing your third. 

With a box in hand, you both went up to his apartment. He unlocked it, and you followed him in, “I never really got around to decorating the place. But feel free to decorate and make yourself at home. After all, this is your home now too.” He had talked you into staying with him. After showing you the bathroom, he showed you the three bedrooms: one containing his studio setup, his room, and your new room. He let you take in your living quarters and smiled as he left to grab more boxes. You spun around the room, feeling free but also at home. You needed a change of scenery more than you realized. Without a second thought, you threw yourself back onto the bed. And when it squished beneath you instead of squeaked. You felt like a royal with a bed that welcomed you in rather than sprung you away. You giggled to yourself and heard someone else laugh, and you looked up to see him again. 

“Is the bed that squishy?” You nod, “Yeah, it’s so soft and welcoming… My last mattress was all springs and no filter.” He nods, “Ahh yeah. When I got this apartment, I made sure to buy squishy beds. Spring beds are not good for my back.” You laugh, “Mine neither.” You get up, follow him downstairs and grab the last few boxes. And put them up in your room. He looks at the clock, “You wanna order out?” You nod and pay for delivery, typing in a different address felt weird. But you shook it off as your stomach grumbled to enter everything faster. 

In less than fifteen minutes, it arrives. And Changkyun shows you the dining table, “Man, your apartment has all the amenities, huh?” He laughs, “Why do you say that?” You gesture to the table, “You were in it. We had a small kitchen and no dining room. I haven’t eaten at a table other than at a restaurant in years.” He lets out an ‘oh’ as he nods, “Well, now you can eat here whenever you like.” You nod. It doesn’t even feel real to think that this apartment is now yours too. You have a quiet dinner, both of you thinking, and once you both finish. You get ready to throw it out. Before he shakes his head, “You bought, so I’ll clean up. It’s only fair. We’ll split things as evenly as we can, okay?” Your jaw drops, forgetting that was an option. “But Kyun…” He shrugs, “No buts, don’t make me call Hoho and Won.” And with that, he steps on the lid opener and throws it away, and you don’t complain. 

He sits back across from you as you take it in. It's shell-shocking to be an equal to someone else again. You shake your head before he asks, “We never got to do this before, so how would you like to split the chores?” And you both discuss it for a while until it’s time to retire to bed, and you’re both satisfied with what you choose. You both bid each other good night. 

It surprised you how, after finding your clothes and getting ready for the night. You settled into bed and fell right to sleep. You woke up feeling well-rested and better than you had in the past year. The sun was glimmering through the curtains, and you felt at ease. You get up and go to the kitchen to make some coffee just to see Changkyun up and already making a pot of it. “You read my mind,” you rasp out, and he laughs, “It’s a good way to start the morning.”

You do the finishing touches to your coffee with things you brought from your old fridge. Changkyun asks, “You still make it the same?” You nod and ask, “Is it still two lumps of sugar in yours?” He nods, “Yeah.” You smile, “Some things never change.” You sit in your now designated chair and fall into a comfortable silence. You take in the birds chirping in the distance and feel at peace. After you finish your mug, you finally go, “Thank you.” He shrugs, “It’s no problem.” 

With a stretch, you get up and change for the day in the comfort of your new room. ‘I could get used to this,’ you think as you fix your outfit. You grab your things and head out the door, “I’ll see you later?” He nods, “You got the key, right?” And you pat your keys to notice only your car key on the ring, having returned your old apartment keys yesterday. You shake your head, and he gets up and heads to his keyset, “I meant to give you yours yesterday. But here’s your key! I’ll probably be home around 10 pm? Depending on when it all wraps up.” You nod, “I’ll see you later then.” 

Your drive is a bit longer to work but comparing where you live now to where you once lived. It was worth the extra gas mileage. Things are looking up. It seems like the flames are finally at bay, and maybe you'll see beautiful flowers bloom. Your day finishes with ease, and you drive back. You find yourself rushing up the stairs to your apartment. It’s been a long time since you felt excited to return home. You get home around 6 pm, unlock the door and put your shoes away. Make yourself a bowl of ramen and get comfortable on the couch. 

After eating and watching an episode or two, you head to your room, change and start decorating your room. Once you finish your second box, the clock strikes eleven-thirty, and Changkyun rolls in, “(N/n), you home?” You poke your head out, “Yeah!” You head out of your room and into the living room to see him placing a bag on the counter. You hear cans settle in the bag as you ask, “What'd you bring home?” He smiles, “Chicken and beer!” You grin, “Hell yeah!” He smiles, and you find the plates and get one for each of you. You set up your dishes and sit down at the table. 

“I don’t know if you have ever had this beer, but it’s my favorite, and I hope you like it too.” You smile, “I’ve never, but I’m sure it’s good if you’re recommending it.” He smiles, and you crack it open and try it, “Oh! I wasn’t expecting that!” He grins, “It’s kind of sweet, right?” You nod, “The pear and grape flavors are nice hints in it.” He agrees, and you both eat and drink your meal. You tell him, “This is wonderful.” He shakes his head, ‘Yes’, “It’s my favorite way to end my day.”

You finish your chicken as he does and take the plates and wash your dishes from earlier. Before coming over to see him still sitting there playing on his phone. He smiles when he notices you, and you melt into the chair and trace circles onto the tabletop. The beer starts to hit as you say, “I hope this table becomes a new constant in my life.” He laughs, putting down his phone for the moment, “Why’s that?” You shrug, “I don’t know, it’s just so nice and reminds me of what it’s like to have nice things.” He nods, “I hope it does, too, then.” You pick up your phone, and you both fall into a comfortable silence as you unwind from your days. 

“Do you want to see what I’ve done so far to my room?” He nods, “Sure.” He slips his phone into his pocket, and you lead him to the door and open it for him to go in. He takes in all the picture frames you set up and the change of bedding too. “You arranged them very nicely on the wall” You smile, “Thanks.” He laughs at a few photos before he points to a picture of Hyungwon and Hoseok, “Damn, can you really believe they’re models now?” You laugh, “Not at all. I still remember them eating crayons.” He shakes his head and laughs, “I was thinking of the time Hoseok cried to his mom about Hyungwon ‘bullying him’. All because he wasn't giving him pretzels.” You chuckle, “And then you and I stole Hyungwon’s pretzels and ate ‘em! Which in turn made Hyungwon cry to his mom.” He laughs, “Yeah! We were little meanies.” You nod, “But we were the youngest, so it’s only fair.”

He grins and goes, “Aw, look, it’s us!” It was a photo from your freshman year. You were both posing with your backs against each other for the first day of school. You whine, “We were almost late, and the two didn’t let it go all day!” He laughs, “They were just as despicable as we were.” You nod, “That’s what made us the perfect quartet.” He agrees, “Yeah.” He takes in your new bedspread, “That's very pretty.” You thank him and look at the clock, “It’s almost one.” He looks over at it, too, “That it is. Well, we should both go to bed then.” You nod. And he exits your room, and you think of the other half of the quartet as you tuck in for the night. 

The rest of the week is so peaceful. It's hard to think that at one time, you used to go to bed not feeling safe or comfortable. And now, you go to bed feeling at ease. It sucks that you went through that. You shake the thought away as you head into the kitchen and make a cup of coffee for both of you. You get ready to pour the coffee into your mugs when Changkyun comes flying in, “I’ll have to take it to go today. Joo needs me soon!” He tells you quickly as he throws on his hoodie. “Oh, okay!” “Sorry to break tradition.” You shrug, “It’s alright. It’s only a week old. Plus, I know that the record is reaching its due date. So let me get the to-go cup.” He nods, and you pull it out and make sure it’s clean before pouring him his cup. He adds his two lumps of sugar and hugs you before bidding you a good day at work. And you wish him luck on the record as he rushes out. You take your coffee into the living room and drink it while watching the news. 

For some reason, you don’t want to go to work, almost as if your gut knew something before you did. You shrug it off but drive carefully to work just in case. But that wasn't why you were feeling an ick as you punched in for the day, but you still can't shrug off the feeling. Because in a fire, if you don't watch the flames, they'll burn you when you least expect it. Your boss comes over, and you greet them kindly even though your gut is retching, “Good morning!” They smile before saying, “Good morning, (Y/n). Would you mind seeing me in my office?” You nod and follow them back.

You start praying that your feeling in your gut is because you sense a promotion. “I’m so sorry to inform you of this. I know you just got back on your feet. But you were one of the last ones hired here. And, well, there have been cutbacks, and I’m sorry, but you’re one of the firsts I have to tell this to.” You wish you could curl under their desk, wail, and refuse to leave until they say you can keep your job. But you know in your heart if you do you’d have a police escort out. You nod, “Until when?” They sigh, “The furthest out I can give you is until this next paycheck is out in five days.”

“What?!” They nod, “You couldn’t inform me sooner?! When did you know?” They gulp, “Last week, but you were just moving into that new place, so I didn’t want you fretting over this too.” You do your best to stay calm as you go, “But, this is my job, my livelihood. I can’t just-” They shake their head, “I’m sorry, Mx. (L/n), but there is nothing I can do.” If you didn’t need the money, you would have told them you quit in that instance. You grit your teeth and say, “Okay. I’ll stay until the next check is issued.” They nod, “Thank you for your cooperation. I’m sorry this must come at such a bad time, but I hope you can understand.” You nod and head out of the office, fuming. 

In a rage, you clock for your lunch early and rush out to your car to scream. You didn’t realize you were crying until your phone alerts you that you’ve been out in your car for thirty minutes. You wipe your tears of frustration, shake your head, and sigh. With your last thirty, you eat what you can of your lunch. You knew you could find another job. But you didn't want to burden Changkyun with all your problems. With haste, you decide you’ll do whatever you can to keep yourself afloat. So that you could continue to live in that lovely apartment with Kyun, even if it meant risking good rest. 

When you came home, you were determined to act like everything was fine, even if it felt like you were being scorched alive. But Changkyun saw right through you. He always has and always will. He sat next to you on the couch and waited until you were ready to open up. Telling him had to be the worst punishment because he understood. You may have known him since you were three. But how could he still accept you after all the problems you’ve brought recently? But Changkyun never saw it that way. He knew that if he were in the same situation, you would do everything to keep him safe. And while that was true, it didn’t make you feel any better. 

He opened his arms for you to lay in, and you laid into his chest and sobbed. It broke his heart. He never wanted you to feel this way. If he had the opportunity, he’d trade with you without a second thought. When you stopped crying, you sighed and whispered into his chest, “I promise you won’t have to worry about me. I’ll get a job at the restaurant two buildings down. And I’ll bartend. But don't worry when my last check comes in. I’ll have enough for this month. But I’ll be prepared for the next ones. You don’t have to worry, I promise. I just needed to cry about it.” All he did was hum. And you took that as an ‘okay' since he was probably tired from his production. 

What you didn’t know was that he was devising another plan. One that he was sure Jooheon would agree with. Considering they've been wanting to have someone take over the finances. You were the perfect fit for the bill. However, he knew you’d be stubborn. That was his biggest problem to face. But he knew with Hoseok’s and Hyungwon’s help. It’d be easy too. You stayed in his arms until you started feeling sleepy. He whispered, “You tired?” You nodded, and without a second word, he carried you up to the bathroom and brushed his teeth with you. 

You didn’t even get a chance to walk tiredly to your room before you were up in his arms again. When he pulls the covers over you, you whisper, “You know I’m grateful to you, right?” He nods, “I’ve known that for a long time.” You smile, “Good.” He kisses your forehead and gets up before walking out of your room. He says, “Whatever you decide to do, I’ll be behind you every step of the way.” You nod, and with that, you fall asleep. 

You go to work bummed out the next few days, and on company time, you apply to the bar and restaurant. Sadly, you wanted this last paycheck, so you had to show up. You show up but all the work you do is push your pencil back and forth as you count the ceiling tiles. Even if you were to work your ass off to keep this job, they would still fire you at the end of the week. So, it didn't matter, might as well spend it looking at cat memes. After all, they can't fire you again.

You come home, not wanting to be awake, and shower in the dark. You rinse away your troubles before drying off and changing into pajamas. You drag your feet to the kitchen and look in the fridge, hoping a beer could solve all your problems. Even though you knew it wouldn’t, the thought was comforting. You crack it open, and you don’t notice Changkyun sitting in his chair until you take your first sip. You close the door and look over at the table. Your mind takes a second to register he’s there. “Damn, I hope this isn’t a mirage.” 

He shakes his head and laughs, “Nope, very much real.” You sigh, sit across from him and put your head on the table. And let out a groan before greeting Changkyun. And he asks, “Do you want some pizza?” You nod, and he says, “Good,” and gets up from his seat and brings the box over. “So, how did applying to those jobs feel?” You sigh, “Uh,... nice.” He opens the box and pulls out a slice, “Do you think they would make you happy?” You’re at a loss for words because neither of those jobs would bring you joy. And you don’t have the energy to fabricate such a blatant lie, so you’re stuck to shaking your head no. 

You reach for a slice and munch on it, not knowing what to say. It takes everything in you not to break down and cry in front of Kyun again. You drink some of your beer as he asks, “If you had a better option, would you choose it?” You shrug, “I’m not sure, but I guess anything would be better than waiting on customers.” He goes, “I’m going to take that as a yes.” And that’s when he says, “Call off work tomorrow.” You blink at him, and he continues, “You have an interview at my studio.” You gasp, “What?” He smiles, “Well, the studio always needs help. You could sort the finances of the company. I know you were good at that. If not, I have more than enough to support us until you find something more suited to your tastes.” You can’t hold your tears back as you start sobbing. “I don’t know how I’ll ever repay you.” He shakes his head at you, “As long as you’re happy, that’s the best repayment.” 

You get up from your chair and wrap yourself around him, and he carefully wraps his arms around you. He whispers, “This mirrors the other day.” And through your tears, you say, “Yeah, but this time it’s out of joy.” He holds you close until you’re sniffling. “You, okay?” You shrug, “I guess I’ll find out tomorrow.” He nods, “Let’s finish our pizza, yeah?” You wipe your tears and eat the other three slices. “Also... Hoho and Won called me to tell you to call them more.” You give him a small smile, “I’ll call them tomorrow.” He smiles, “Okay.” The two of you clean up your mess before retiring to bed. 

Early in the morning, you called your boss before going back to bed. After an hour, you got up and took a shower. You got dressed as you realized the flames were diminishing. You smiled before heading into the living room to find Changkyun sitting on the couch waiting for you, “You look nice.” You thank him, and he asks, “We got half an hour before your interview with the big bad boss.” You gasp, “He’s mean?” He laughs and shakes his head ‘no’, and you sigh in relief. He asks, “Do you want a tour of the place?” You nod, and he has you follow him out, and he tells you, “It’s just a five-minute walk there.” You say, “I always wondered why you never took your car to work.” He grins, “Best commute ever.” 

You smile, “What’s it like to produce music?” He smiles, “I get to express my deepest thoughts. But I also live my biggest dream. It’s more wonderful than I ever imagined.” You grin, “I always hoped you’d make it. I’m glad. Then is the studio you’re working at nice?” He nods, “Of course. I wouldn’t trade it for the world.” “Will you ever let me hear your pieces?” He teases, “You sure you haven’t already~” You roll your eyes, “Kyun-” He sighs, “Of course, I will.” You smirk, “Good.”

When you reach the building, the sign above says, ‘Honeycat Records,’ and you tell him, “That is the cutest name ever!” He smiles, “I’m glad you think so!” He opens the door, and you walk in, “Woah.” He holds out his hand for you to grab to show you around. And you link your fingers together as he shows you around the building. From the different practice rooms to the recording studios and even the bathrooms. “Oh, and my favorite place to be is here!” And it’s a little common area filled with vending machines and massive windows to take in the view of the city. “It’s beautiful, Kyun.” He smiles, “I'm glad you think the same. I come up with a lot of my ideas out here.” He looks at the clock, “It looks like it’s time to take you to meet the bosses.” You nod, not quite catching he said ‘bosses’ this time. 

Past the common area is a hallway with a door at the end that leads to an office. Instead of Changkyun showing you the door, he walks inside too. You shrug. He probably needs to see his boss for something too. And after peeking out from Changkyun’s back, you find the boss. He gets up from his chair, “Hey, Kyun. And you must be, (Y/n)?” You smile and shake his hand, “That’s me!” He gestures for you to sit down, and that’s when Kyun puts his glasses on. You start to sense something fishy as he sits across from you too. 

Jooheon smiles as he asks, “So, Mx. (L/n), what makes you qualified to apply here?” You smile as you tell him about your experiences and what qualifies you to be applying. And he hums, and Changkyun asks, "What type of work environment do you work best in?" You take a moment to think, not only is your best friend interviewing you, but he could also be tricking you. "I prefer calm work environments, but I can work well under pressure if needed." 

He takes a moment before nodding and turning to Jooheon, “This may be biased, Joo. But I think we found someone to take over our finances.” And Jooheon looks over at him and smirks, “Really? Because, funnily enough, I was thinking the exact same thing.” It starts to click before your eyes. You had the job before you even walked in. He pulls out your paper, “Well if you look here: at (Y/n)’s resume, you’d see that they used to be an accountant at a firm twenty minutes from here.” Jooheon nods, “Huh, and would you look at that? There’s a lot of experience here. We could use someone like that.” 

That’s when they both lock eyes on you, and Kyun asks, “So (Y/n), what do you say? Would you like to work here?” You blink and go, “Yes.” They exchange a look, “Well, looks like we won’t need to discuss further.” No interview could have prepared you for this one. When Joo says, “Welcome to Honeycat Records.” You nod your head and shake both of their hands. 

That’s when you three laugh, two from a job well done and you from relief. When the three of you stop laughing, Jooheon goes, “Kyun told me about you a long time ago.” You tilt your head, and he goes, “He talked about Hoseok, Hyungwon, and you all the time when we were teenagers. And when he ran into you while getting coffee. It’s like destiny made sure you guys would always be together.” You grin as he continues, “And then he told me about how you were always good at math and that you went to college for finances… And then that leads to now.” 

You nod, “Yeah.” He grins, “It’s sad to lose a job, don’t get me wrong. But it was like a gift for me because finally, a person in finance was looking for work. And someone I could trust already? Kyun told me, and I was already on board.” Changkyun laughs, “We hate doing finances, but it's a necessary evil.” You laugh and ask, “Any particular parts you find difficult?” Jooheon groans, “I had to come in early last week so everyone got their paycheck on time. It was my turn.” You laughed, “Oh, that’s like the easiest part of the job!” They gape at you, and you nod, “It’s making sure everyone has the right amount and that funds are going to the right spots on time that is the hardest part.” They exchange a look, “You mean like bills, right?” You nod, “A bit. Don’t worry. From here on out, I’ll take care of it.” They both sigh in relief, “Cool.” 

You tell them, “I want to thank you both. Kyun, thank you for always helping me. I promise to go above and beyond here. And Jooheon, thank you for approving me to work here too.” Jooheon smiles, “It's no problem. We needed an accountant. So you were perfect for the bill.” Changkyun smiles, “So, would you like to see your office?” Jooheon hops up as you nod, and the two of them lead you out. They walk out of the hallway to the common area, and on the left is a door. Jooheon goes, "Right beyond this door is your office.” And Changkyun hands you a new key, “Here’s your key.” You smile as you take it and see it’s not gold or silver. It’s in your favorite color. “You really think of everything, don’t you?” Changkyun smirks, “Always have.” 

They wait for you to open the door. And the first thing that catches your eye is a plaque with your name on it. You take it all in before Jooheon goes, “What do you think?” You look at the ceiling and then back towards them, “I couldn’t have dreamed of something better.” You turn around and capture Changkyun in a hug. And you look over his shoulder and ask Jooheon, “Can I hug you?” He grins, “Of course!” Kyun rubs your back before letting you go, and you hug Jooheon. He pats your back, and you release him from the hug. And Jooheon goes, “We'll show you how to access the program and like the passwords and whatnot.” You smile, “Cool.” 

They show you the basics and write down the passwords for you. And it’s like your old programming. The only difference is the names, salaries, and colors. But the same process, so that made for an easy transition. You ask a few more questions before going to figure out the programming. They sit back and let you do your thing. If you were to imagine what you would be doing after graduating with your bachelor's. Working at a record label that your best friend owns? That would not have been your first thought. Of course, it made sense because you were about to be their accountant. But it was odd to think that this is where you ended up. You always thought you'd work at a firm or an insurance company. But you couldn't be happier as you maneuvered through the site. 

Jooheon interrupts your thoughts with, “Looks like it’s time for lunch!” He says while looking towards his watch, and you ask, “Already?” He nods, “Come on, my treat, you two.” You smile, “Okay.” Things in your life have changed so fast it’s hard to comprehend what it once was. You close the door behind the three of you. And follow them down and out of the complex, where they lead you to a little restaurant next to it. The second you three enter, the host goes, “Jooheon! Changkyun! Welcome back! And who would this be?” You introduce yourself, “Well, welcome to Son’s, (Y/n)!” You thank them as they lead you three to a booth, where you scoot in. Kyun sits next to you as the host hands you a menu. 

You look at their menu-less hands and ask, “You guys have been here a few times, huh?” The two laugh, “Yeah.” They point out various things for you to try, “We’ve had pretty much everything on the menu. But we pretty much get the same thing nowadays.” You laugh, and the waiter comes over, “Hey guys! Oh, hello, who is this?” You smile as Changkyun introduces you as his best friend from the old days. You smile at him before looking at the cook, “I’ve heard a bit about you. It’s nice to meet you. I’m Hyunwoo.” You smile, “All good things, I hope? And it’s nice to meet you too, Hyunwoo.” He nods as he asks, “Do you need more time?” You shake your head ‘no’ before telling him your order, and he writes it down. “Are you not gonna ask us~” Joo teases and Hyunwoo blinks at him, causing the two to laugh as Hyunwoo heads back to the kitchen with a shake of his head. 

“You may recognize Hyunwoo’s singing voice~” Joo cheers, “Really?” You ask, and he nods, “Kyun said you watched the show a while back. It features his song, Now I Know.” You gasp, “No way.” The two grin, “Yeah, we produced it.” You nod, “Holy shit.” The three of you laugh. “We manage a lot of artists, and even if they only release a song or two, it’s still fun.” You nod, “No wonder you need an accountant.” They agree as you smile. You three talk for a while before Hyunwoo comes back with three plates. And you say, “I loved your OST. You have a beautiful voice.” He blushes as he puts your plate down, “You told them?” They nod, and Jooheon tells him, “We’re very proud of you.” His ears are red as he says, “Thank you.” And you smile, “It’s no problem.” He leaves, and you three eat your lunch. 

Hyunwoo calls from the kitchen, “What do you kids want for dessert?” Jooheon goes, “What do you have?” “Cheesecake and Brownies.” You gasp and go, “Both sound good.” And they cheer, “A slice of each for all three of us!” “Okay!” You smile, “This is the best meal ever.” They grin as he comes out of the kitchen and brings the plates. He gestures for Jooheon to move over, “Breaktime.” He takes off his apron and hangs it over the booth end.

“So, are you a new artist under Honeycat?” You shake your head, “No. I’m going to do their finances.” He smiles, “They’ve been looking for someone to take over that job for a little while now.” Jooheon nods, “I’m so glad. I don’t ever have to touch those numbers again.” The three of you laugh, and you go, “I’m excited to touch those numbers.” They grin, and Hyunwoo goes, “That means you're perfect for the job then.” You thank him as you dig into your dessert. “Oh, this is lovely,” you say after trying both. Hyunwoo lets out a ‘thank you' as he eats his dessert away. 

Jooheon and Changkyun have no work since they met their deadline. So they decide that the three of you should go home early instead of returning. Once you reach home with a full stomach and two new friends. You change into pajamas, lie on your bed, and call Hyungwon and Hoseok. “You won’t believe my day.” You can almost hear Hyungwon’s smirk, “I bet I can.” Hoseok laughs, “Yeah, Kyunnie told us his plans already.” You roll your eyes, “Can I tell you anyways?” In unison, they say, “Of course.” And you tell them about your wonderful day. And then they tell you about theirs, “Paris is so nice, but nothing can beat Vienna if you ask me.” And Hoseok goes, “I don’t think it can beat Glasgow, but sure.” You laugh at the two, “I don’t think any of that could beat here right now.” 

The two snicker, “Yeah, we’ll have to make a quartet reunion soon.” You nod and remember they can’t see it and go, “I miss you guys.” The two agree, and Hyungwon goes, “Well, why don’t we try to make plans for next month? The agency told me I had some time off next month.” Hoseok says, “I should have at least a week off next month. Maybe we can try to make it work?” “You guys finally have a coinciding schedule!?” The two laugh and Hyungwon goes, “Yeah, first time since graduating. Do you think next month will work out for you two?” You smile, “Let me see!” 

You hop out of bed, open your door and shout to Kyun, “Hey, do you think you want to see Tweedle-dee and Tweedle-dum for a week next month?” You hear, “Hey!” On the line, you can’t help but snicker as Kyun shouts back, “Tell them hell yeah!” You smile, “You heard the man. I’m sure Jooheon will agree. Especially if I finish my work for that month early by streamlining it.” You head back into your room and flop onto the bed as Hoseok says, “That sounds lovely, and now I have to go. But I’ll text you three about the days I'm available?” You go, “Sounds good to me!” And Hyungwon agrees, and the two of you say, “Take care, Polar bear.” 

And when he hangs up, Hyungwon asks, “So when were you going to tell us about that jerk? If you had told us, we could have taken you in if you were in such a dangerous situation.” You look down at your carpet, “Honestly, I was so in my head about everything, I kind of even forgot I was there.” You can hear Hyungwon grumble, “I should have known.” You shake your head, “You know you wouldn’t have. Hell, Kyun found out by accident.” 

He groans, “I know. The only reason I'm happy you stayed there is because you found him again, for us. And I'm glad that he took you in. But we’re seeing each other more often to make up for it. I think I’ve missed your guys' physical contact.” You gasp, “Chae Hyungwon admits he misses the three of us and our physical affection. All on the same day?” You can almost see his eye roll as he goes, “Yes, so, before my manager comes and gets me out of this supply closet. Promise me you’ll tell us when something’s happening in your love life and in general?” You sigh, “I promise. You too.” And he asks, “Pinky swear?” You hold out your pinky and go, “Pinky swear.” And with that, you hear his manager open the door and find him. He says, “See you later, gator.” “Till then, Penguin.”

When the flames clear and the ashes settle down. You begin to see flowers sprouting up around you. Things were working out, and you stopped worrying. You leave your room and meet Changkyun on the couch, “Anything good on?” He nods, “There’s a documentary on wolves. You wanna watch it?” You nod, “Sounds good to me.” You grab your throw blanket from the couch. And wrap yourself in it and lean on the armrest. When the commercial cuts in, he asks, “Were you surprised?” You nod, “Yeah, but it was a pleasant surprise. I’m proud of you, Kyun.” He smiles, and you continue, “I always knew you’d do something cool with your music.” He says a small thank you and asks, “Do you think you’ll like it there too?” You agree, “Yeah, I think I will. Thank you for everything.” He grins and curls into his blanket, and the documentary comes back on. 

You guys talk about next month and what it’ll be like to have the gang back together for a week. “You know, I never meant to lose connection with you guys, right?” You wait for him to continue, “In my senior year, my phone was stolen, and I was devastated. I think I cried the whole night. We never needed to write our phone numbers down. And there wasn’t a possibility I could leave everything and go see you guys to get them...” He doesn’t notice the tears streaking down his face until you're holding him in your arms, “When we lost contact with you, it was like something inside of us died. And there was nothing we could do. The three of us didn’t have enough money to catch a flight. So, we were stuck too. I’m so sorry you went through all that.” He hides his face into your shoulder as he tells you, “It was hell spending my last two high school years with none of you. Yeah. I had Jooheon, but he couldn’t fill the spaces you guys left. But I guess he held me together until I could reunite with one of you.” You run your hands through his hair. 

“It was wild to leave what I had known. And then to come here after completing college and start-up in a city that was towns away from my hometown. It was like my heart was being tugged to go back. I didn’t even know if one of you stayed. After all, I thought you’d be managing Wonnie or Hoho by now, not doing this.” You hum, and he continues, “Joo was the one to suggest this city in the first place. But I agreed because it meant I could be closer to where I wanted to be.” You let out a shaky sigh as your tears start to flow, “I’m so glad you came back. Honestly, I was afraid I’d never see you again. I don’t know why I stayed here, but even if it meant pain, I’m glad I stayed. Because it means I got to be with you all over again.” 

He sighs, and you lean down and kiss his head, “You’re still using that rose shampoo?” He laughs, “Yeah.” You smile and sniff his head, “It reminds me of home.” He pulls back, and you look him in the eyes, “We have each other now. We don’t have to worry. It’s all going to work out.” He agrees and repeats, “We have each other.”

You release him from your arms, and he lies on his side of the couch again. You both finish watching the documentary on wolves, even though you missed a good portion of it. You and Changkyun yawn at the same time, which makes you both giggle. “Bedtime?” He nods and gets up from the couch, folding his blanket before throwing it over the backrest. You follow suit, and both of you tiredly walk to the bathroom. You brush your teeth together before going your separate ways. You flop down on your bed and fall asleep with ease. 

The next day, you call your job and tell them you won’t be coming in anymore and that they can mail you your last check. You felt free as you finished up the call. You sigh and notice the flowers in your heart are small. But they’re growing, and you couldn’t feel more proud. 

You walk out of your room to see Changkyun getting up at the same time as you, “Coffee?” He nods tiredly, and together you make a pot. You both make your cups before sitting and taking in the morning light. You rest your head on the table, and he asks, “Has it become your constant?” “Mmhm.” You make it halfway through your mug, “So, what are you doing at work today?” You smile, “Oh, some number calculations to see if everything is running proficiently. What are your plans?” He nods, “Cool. I hope you enjoy it. I'm making guides for a few songs to give to one of our idols.” You tell him, “I have no idea what that is, but neat.” He smiles as he explains, “It’s just a ‘how to sing to this song’ tutorial, and then they can improve or change it.” You nod, “That is nice, then.” He smiles and drinks the last sip of his coffee. He gets up and sees you finished yours too. And puts both cups into the sink, “I’ll meet you back here in thirty to walk over?” You nod, “Yeah, that sounds good.” 

You get up from your chair and stretch before looking out the window at the city. Even early in the morning, the hustle and bustle never stops. It's one of your favorite things that life is still moving on, and for once, it’s moving with you. You’re glad your life has changed, but it’s wild to think that over a month ago, you were with someone you didn’t love. In a place that no longer served you, everything was doom and gloom until he showed up again. 

And something else showed up too, your old feelings, ones you buried away years ago. After all, they were for someone you weren’t sure you'd see again. And now, you see him all the time. It’s hard to grasp that change. And that’s why it has taken you so long to realize you still like him more than a best friend should. You sigh as you move away from the pane of glass. Maybe you missed him and were trying to catch up on lost time. Yeah, that’s probably it. With a shrug, you head to your room to change into regular clothes and brush your teeth. As you walk back into the living room, you see him playing on his phone. And you smile as he gets up the second he sees you. The two of you put on your shoes before heading out. 

You unlock your new office with your key. And settle in and start on your calculations and deductions for the day. It goes smoothly as if you had worked on this same computer for years. There were a few bugs in the system. But you sorted them out by finally updating and restarting the computer. The poor thing probably hadn’t had proper rest since they bought it. You promise it that you'll take care of it. You give it a few minutes of rest before changing the background and color settings. You finally have to where you like it, and you can't help but smile at it. 

You do a few more things before you hear a knock on your door. “Yes?” “Can I come in?” You recognize Changkyun’s voice from a mile away. And you go, “Yeah.” He opens the door and groans, “I wanna go home!” You laugh, “Why?” “I’m tired.” “You only woke up three hours ago.” He pouts, and you laugh, “Does someone want lunch?” He keeps his pout on as he nods, and you laugh, “Cute, alright. I brought two packs of ramen with me for lunch.” He finally grins, “I figured you’d want it too.” He nods, and you lock up your office and head down to the breakroom.

Together you both make Ramen, and he goes, “Remember when Hyungwon made us some?” You shake your head, “Oh, please don’t remind me.” He cackles, “It was the worst!” Hoseok, Changkyun, and you vowed to never let him cook for you guys again. It took you until you were a senior in college to try something he made. And it was surprisingly good, you gave him a few more chances before you trusted him to cook for you again. Hoseok lets him but still watches him cook. 

"You'd like his cooking now." You say as you split the noodles into two different bowls and pour the broth over them. "Really?" He asks as he turns on the mini tv. And you nod, "He makes good tofu soup." He nods, "Interesting, ramen?" You shake your head, "I would rather not try that adventure again." He laughs, and you both watch the reruns of a cartoon while eating. 

You whisper, “This is some good ramen.” He slurps his noodles and says, “Hell yeah, it is.” You grin, and you say, “I want ramen~” “I really want ramen~” “You know what would be good right now?” In unison, you say, “Ramen.” And you two burst out laughing, “Man’s every other word when we wanted food back then was ramen.” He smirks, “Do you know what this ramen would be really good with?” You smirk back, “More ramen?” Which causes you both to giggle even harder. Once your laughter dies down, you both finish up your bowls and clean up. 

You part ways you go to your office, and he heads to his studio. And that’s how you spend the rest of your day. Since you started on a Thursday, it meant tomorrow was the weekend, and you were ready to spend it relaxing. You wake up and find a note on the table. “I’ll be back by 6 pm, depending on how long it takes to record today. See you later, gator!” Alas, Changkyun had to work. You smile and whisper, “Bye-bye, butterfly.” You go about your day by doing your chores before curling up and relaxing to one of your favorite shows.

Your month leading up to Hyungwon and Hoseok coming to visit was just like that. Working, hanging out, and relaxing; things that used to be too strenuous to do all on the same day. Now it came with ease, and you couldn’t feel happier. When it was late, and you probably shouldn’t be awake, you’d find Changkyun in his office, and he’d let you listen to some demos. And if you both grew tired of that, you’d call up the other two. Of course, whichever was up in the morning.

And as you laid your head against him and listened to Hoseok talk about the buttercup flowers he saw. You noticed the flowers blooming inside of you. And the butterflies that started to rise in your stomach. But for someone who you thought you had gotten over years ago. A guy who would lock arms with you as you walked to work. That would sit across from you at your dining table. Who laughed at all your silly jokes. The flowers were in bloom before you even knew. 

You fell in love with the little moments first, but your brain still second-guessed all your feelings. Because how could you move on so quickly? But to your gut, it made perfect sense. You never loved the last person you were with, but you always loved Kyun. It was just hard for you to see. The smoke had clouded your vision, but now you could see clearly. The only problem was you didn’t know if he felt the same, but you'd settle for being his best friend. Because your inner high schooler only ever wanted Changkyun back. Whether it was romantic or not. And you were still content with that, you supposed. At least in the way that you kept your feelings hidden away in the pages of your journal. 

You have three days before Hyungwon and Hoseok show up. During your break, Changkyun comes into your office. “Joo asked me what I was doing here and told me we shouldn't be here but out preparing for our best friends to visit.” You laugh, “You were out bossed?” He rolls his eyes before giving you a nod, and you pack up your pieces of paper and shut down your computer. You grab your things and say, “I’ll drive us.” He nods, and you both head back down and over to your car, “This is a first.” He says as he hops into your car. You both buckle in before you pull out of the lot and drive to the grocery store. Your radio plays oldies as you travel, and you hear him hum to them. It gives you a sense of peace and before long, you find you’re humming along to them too. In the corner of your eye, you notice how effortlessly beautiful he looks as he stares out the window. It almost makes you choke as you take him in as if looking at him for the first time. 

The grocery store wasn’t that far away but carrying that many groceries over a mile sounded like torture. When you get inside the store, you ask, “What do you think about a reunion cake?” As you see the sign for the bakery, he grins, “That sounds good.” You both head over and ask him, “What should it say?” He thinks before saying, “Maybe, ‘We’ve missed you’ or ‘Welcome back’ or something along those lines?” You go, “What about both?” He smiles, “That sounds perfect.” You make it over to the bakery and when the baker comes over. You tell them how you’d like the cake decorated: “Welcome back, Hoseok and Hyungwon. We’ve missed you both.” They nod as they write it down. They ask, “When would you like it for?” “Two days from now.” They continue, “What time?” He says a reasonable time for you two to get it before you pick them up. After that, you both walk around buying things like ramen, candles, streamers, and ice cream. 

He asks, “Oh, what was that thing we’d always get at Lolo’s before they closed?” You think back before going, “Their breadsticks! It was so cheap but so filling!” He grins, and you search for breadsticks that look like the ones you used to eat. You whine, “I wish they never closed down.” He nods, “That was the second worst winter of our lives.” You groan, “Yeah.” And you finish picking things up in your grocery cart. 

“Get on the end!” He cheers, and you rush and get on the front of the cart, and he takes off towards your car and rides it the rest of the way. Your giggle fills the air and don't stop until you both hop off the cart. You unlock the back and put the groceries into the car, and he takes away the cart and puts it into the cart corral. He comes back with a smile on his face as he clicks his seatbelt in, “Can you believe it?” You smile as you realize what he's talking about and shake your head, “No, honestly, it feels like a dream come true. Reuniting with them feels magical.” He grins, “It’s like the sun was on the horizon when we met back up, and now it’s shining upon us since we’re seeing them soon.” You nod, “I’m so glad it is.” Before you can shift it into gear, he puts his hand over yours and squeezes it, “This is real, right?” You smile, “Yeah,” and squeeze his hand back to make sure for yourself. You pull your hand away to shift into gear before holding his hand again. In the corner of your eye, you can see his brilliant smile as he squeezes your hands together. And you can’t help but smile all the way home. You both let go once you park the car in the lot. 

You hop out of the car, unload the groceries, and carry them to your shared apartment. You put everything away, leaving out the decorations. He picks up the first bag and looks inside, “Balloons or streamers? What do you want to do first?” You point to the streamers, and he finds a chair to stand on while you find some tape. 

After you both finish hanging up the streamers and blowing up the balloons. You turn to look at him after taking in all the decorations you’ve done so far, “It’s so pretty.” He nods, “I think so too.” You look above the tv and go, “Maybe we should make a sign for them? Like we bring it to the airport and hang it up when we get home?” He smiles, “That sounds lovely.” You grin and say, “Let’s do that tomorrow.” He laughs and agrees before asking, “Wanna make stir fry together?” You nod, and you both get up.

He cleans the rice while you start chopping up vegetables. He puts on a pot of water and cooks the rice. While he waits for that, he finds the wok, “Chicken or beef?” You hum, “Beef?” He nods, brings it out, and pulls out another knife and cutting board. You finish up the vegetables and put the rest away. He finishes cutting up the beef and puts it into the wok. He turns the other burner on and cooks them for a minute. And you scrape the first bit of veggies into it and turn off the rice. You put the last bit of veggies in and grab plates for the two of you. He finishes cooking the rest, and after you drain the rice, he mixes them and puts them into your bowls. You hand him his utensils, and you both head over to the table.

You go to eat before realizing what's missing, “Pop?” He nods, and you grab it, and he thanks you as you sit back down across from him. You pop open your can and finally wind down for the day. “What are you most excited about?” He smiles, “Talking to them about old times and catching up and showing them Son’s.” You grin as he gestures for you to answer, “That’s going to be so fun! I can’t wait to take them to the ramen shop. They've never been because it opened after they left. And I want them to experience it too.” He nods, “They’re going to love it.” You smile, and you finish up your meal. He takes your plate, and you get up and help him do the dishes. He asks, “Together again?” You nod, “Naturally.” 

You both go to work the next day, only making it an eighth way through before Jooheon comes in and kicks you both out. “What are you doing here!?” He asks as he spots you both in the break room, “Working?” And he pouts, “You should be preparing and getting lots of rest!” And you both laugh as he adds, “You also have to introduce me!” You nod, and Changkyun goes, “Of course.” You pat his head, “We’ll see you later then, Joo?” He nods, “Later. I don’t want to see you two unless there are two more with you.” You both laugh as he pushes you both out the door. 

You head home and make signs before relaxing for the rest of the day. You're playing on your phone while Changkyun plays games on the tv. You have your feet kicked up on the ottoman when Changkyun whines. You look up to see him lose in his game. And you do everything to hold back your snicker as you ask, “Oh did you lose, baby?” He nods with a pout, and you go, “It’s okay! You’ll get them next time!” He nods and goes back to his game, more determined to win. And you return to your phone looking through your different social media. You hear him cheer, and you give him a high five. After a while, you give up looking at your phone because Kyun is much more interesting to look at. His concentration, paired with his gaming, was fun to watch. You cheered him on as he played. When the chart comes up that tells the high scores, you both catch he’s in first. You jump up as he does, and you both cheer and smack your hands together.

You sit closer beside him and lay your head on his shoulder. As you both wait for the next round to start, you ask, “Want some victory delivery?” He nods, and you pull your phone back out and look over his shoulders. You scroll through your phone and ask which place he’d like and what he wants as you look through the options. After a bit, you place the order, “About twenty minutes until it gets here.” “Perfect, that means three more rounds!” He cheers, and you curl closer to him as you watch him shoot and hide. 

Three rounds pass, and he texts the chat that he’s leaving for the night. And he’ll see them when he sees them, you unfurl and get the delivery. Thanking the person with a few dollars before rushing over to the table and opening it all up. In unison, you both whine, “I’m so hungry!” Which causes you both to laugh before divining it up. You sink into your chair as you both eat your dinners. “Do you think they’ll like having dinners at our table like we do? Well, I mean... how I do?” And he nods, “I like our dinners at our table. And I’m sure they’ll like it. I’m not positive they’ll like it as much, though?” He finishes speaking with a shrug, and you whisper, “Well, as long as we like it, that’s all that matters.” He smiles and agrees, and you two go back to eating in comfortable silence. 

He throws away the containers, mirroring the first night you were here. You smile as he sits back down before it hits you, “Uh, how are we all sleeping?” He blinks and goes, “I didn’t exactly think about that?” You groan, “You know they’ll make us sleep on the floor, right? Because they’re like princes now...” He laughs, “I don’t think they’re like that-” You raise your eyebrow at him, “Well, maybe Hyungwon.” And you both laugh at that before he goes, “You could always sleep in my room?” You give him a look and whine, “And let the prince charmings have my room?” He laughs, and before you can say anything else his phone rings. 

He opens the video call and positions it so you’re both in the camera's view. Hyungwon greets you both when the phones ring and Hoseok joins in on the call. Hyungwon says, “I was just calling to say I’m on my way, but it seems like it's a reunion already.” And the three of you laugh, and Hoseok says, “Same here. What time do you land, Wonnie?” “About 9 am, you?” You pull out your phone and write that down as Hoseok answers, “9:15.” Changkyun goes, “About the same time, which means we all got an early morning.” The rest of you nod, “I’m going to nap the whole ride. We’ll see you guys soon!” “Later, gator!” “Bye-bye, butterfly!” “Till then, Penguin!” “Take care, Polar bear!” The four of you cheer your sendoffs before hanging up. “I guess that means we should head to bed now?” He nods, and you both head to the bathroom and brush your teeth together before heading to your rooms. You bid each other a good night, and with butterflies in your stomach, you do your best to rest. 

Before your alarm can even wake you up, you’re awake. You get up, knock on Kyun's door and scuff your feet until you reach the coffee pot. You put it on and grab two travel mugs, and that’s when you hear him scuffle along and drag himself into the kitchen. You whisper to him, “Next time, I hope they pick a later flight.” Not wanting to talk any louder in the morning light. He nods as you both make your cups. After you take your first sip, you look down at your pajamas and ask, “Do you think we should dress nicer?” He shakes his head, “Considering they’ll be in comfy clothes from a long flight? No.” You nod, “Cool.” You head back to your room and put on some socks and a hoodie before coming back down. He pulls on his socks and shoes by the door, and you put on your shoes. He hands you your mug as he picks up his keys. He leads you both downstairs, and you pull your hood over your head, not wanting to see the fluorescent lights so early. It's two hours before your usual time to get up and all you want to do is sleep. Even if it was to see your other two best friends that you both haven't seen in forever.

You get into his car and instantly melt into the seat. If it wasn’t for you sipping on your coffee, you’d be back to sleep. His radio kicks on at a louder volume than either of you were ready for, causing you both to gasp as he turns it down, “Sorry!” You laugh, “It’s alright.” And with that, he drives you both to pick up the cake. Once back, you put it away in the fridge and rush back down. Changkyun drives you to the airport and you finish your coffees on the way. 

He parks close to Hyungwon's gate, so you guys can drive quickly to Hoseok's gate. You check the time and say, “It’s 8:45, about fifteen before we see Wonnie.” Thankfully, you both had already placed the signs in his car. You grab the first sign as you get out and head toward the entrance where Hyungwon’s flight is landing. You see others waiting for their friends and family and see some signs too. Your energy finally comes up as you wait, and you turn to him, and he grins just as wide. And you both excitedly shake each other before catching your cool again. 

You both start seeing everyone begin to brim with happiness. And that’s when Kyun points to the flight landing, and you grab his hand in excitement and squeeze it. He squeezes yours right back before you both let go so you can hold the sign up. “Welcome back, Penguin! It’s so (n)ice to see you!!” It was short, simple, and a little funny. You both drew little snowflakes and penguins on it. And that’s when you see your best friend after two years. He’s dragging his suitcase along behind him. He has his coat draped over his arm and headphones around his neck. He looks into the crowd before you both wave at him, and he sees the sign and stops to laugh. And both of you grin, “It worked!” You whisper, and he smiles as you both meet in the middle and wrap your arms around him. “It’s so good to see you again!” You cheer, and Changkyun cries, “I’ve missed you!” And he holds you both as he says, “I’m so glad to see you both! I’ve missed you guys so much!” You grin, and you take his suitcase as Changkyun takes his coat. You both gesture for him to follow you so you can pick up Hoseok. 

Changkyun drives you three over after getting Hyungwon’s stuff in the back. It’s five minutes until Hoseok arrives when you get past the entrance. The three of you excitedly wait for your last friend, and you three catch the flight landing. And the three of you hold the sign this time. It’s like Hyungwon’s sign, but just as genuine, “Welcome back, Polar Bear! We’re beary excited to see you!” It has little polar bears and snowflake drawings on it too. You see a few people meet up with their families when Hyungwon catches a glimpse of him over the crowd. And he gestures for you guys to look around the family in front of you. That’s when you see Hoseok. He has a backpack strapped over his shoulders and a suitcase that follows him. His cap covers his eyes, almost making him unrecognizable. You three move over to be in his line of vision. And he sees the three of you, and you meet in the middle. He drops the handle and scoops each of you into a hug before pulling you three into a group hug, “Oh, how I’ve missed you three!” You laugh into his chest, “We’ve missed you too!” Hyungwon and Changkyun iterate something similar before separating from the hug. When Hoseok says, “The sign was so cute!” He sniffles before pulling you guys into another tight hug. You can’t help but sniffle too, and before you know it, you four are a pile of mush and tears. 

It takes the four of you a few minutes to recoup and wipe your eyes. Like before, you grab Hoseok’s suitcase, and Changkyun makes him take his backpack off as he takes it from him. You put his stuff next to Hyungwon’s things in the trunk. You all settle into the car and stare at each other, which causes laughter to erupt from you guys. Hoseok mutters, “It’s wild to see the whole gang back together.” And you all agree, and Changkyun goes, “I wasn't sure I’d see any of you again, and now? Here we are.” You nod, “I’m glad.” The other two agree, and Hyungwon whispers, “It only took. What? Seven years? But we’re back. How does that old saying go?” You smile and begin, “If you love someone, let them go,” Changkyun continues, “If they come back, it was meant to be,” Hoseok finishes, “If they never do, it never was.” Hyungwon nods, “That couldn’t be a truer statement to our friendship.” You all agree and sit there and bask in each other's presence. 

It takes a bit before Changkyun starts the car and drives the four of you back to the apartment. While you were excited to see each other, you were too tired to talk about everything. The four of you decided to rest and catch up after your naps. He parks, and you all get out and head back to the tailgate, and without another word, you’re all wrapped up in another hug. It felt so right to be together again like all the pieces of the puzzle were finally together. You stay like that for a couple of minutes before separating. Hoseok opens the tailgate, and you each grab something to take to the apartment. 

Hyungwon asks, “What does it look like?” And in unison, Changkyun and you say, “Home.” Which causes you four to laugh, and they follow you up. “It’s rather spacious and nice here.” Hoseok says as soon as he enters, and Hyungwon looks up and asks, “You did this for us?” You both nod, “We wanted you guys to feel welcomed.” The two grin and say, “We do.” You show them around while Changkyun hangs up the signs over the tv. He joins you three as you show off his office. “So, which room are we sleeping in?” Hyungwon asks, and you turn to Changkyun, not knowing what to say. He asks, “How do you want to?” They shrug, and Hoseok says, “Well, why don't we do it the way we had when we were younger?” He nods, “Yeah, we could do that. Which room looks nicer to you two?” They share a glance, “(Y/n)’s.” You groan, “I knew you two were going to say that!” The three laugh and Changkyun asks, “Alright, we’ll nap and get lunch together?” Hyungwon nods with a stretch, “Couldn’t ask for more.” 

You bid your room goodbye for the week. Mentally telling it how much you’ll miss your luscious blankets and pillows. When you reach Changkyun’s room, he asks, “Are you still okay sharing a bed with me? I could always sleep on the couch if you feel more comfortable. I know we haven’t slept together in quite a few years, so…” You think for a moment and think back to all the times you’d sleep over. And how you'd whisper secrets as Hyungwon and Hoseok were fast asleep on the air mattress below. Neither of you would get much sleep, but it was worth it. Those conversations were something you’d look forward to when you were younger. You nod, “Yeah, I’m fine with it. It’ll be like old times.” He grins, “Okay.” 

He rolls into bed first and lays closest to the wall. You join him and notice how much room you both have. While yes, you had a queen in your room, you didn’t share, so you never paid attention to it before. You ask, “Remember how we used to share your twin-sized mattress?” He laughs, “You’d always kick me in your sleep!” You laugh, “Yeah, but you’d also push me to the side until you had as much room as possible!” He shakes his head, “It was only fair!” You roll your eyes, “Sure, whatever you say.” You both laugh before falling into a comfortable silence. You close your eyes, grab your new pillow and snuggle into it. “See you in a bit.” He hums, and you fall back to sleep. 

You wake up before Changkyun, and a minute later, you shake him a little to wake him up. He blinks up at you, “Already?” You nod, and he groans, “I hope those two are ready to wake up.” You agree, “Me too.” Feeling refreshed after your nap, you get out of bed, head over to their door and wait for him to join you. 

You knock on your door and don’t hear anything. You groan, “Which one do you wanna wake?” “Hoseok.” “If you become his teddy bear, I will laugh.” He laughs, “You act as if Hyungwon won’t do the same.” You nod, “I know.” You slowly open the door and walk in. 

You walk to Hyungwon’s side while he walks over to Hoseok’s, “Hey, it’s time to wake up.” You whisper and shake Hyungwon’s shoulder, who groans, “Five more minutes.” You roll your eyes, “Of course.” You sigh, knowing if you don't let him, you’d get pouty Hyungwon. So, you sit back in your chair to hear Hoseok groan and make grabby hands at Changkyun. He does his best to avoid them before Hoseok reaches up and brings him in, which makes you laugh. You patiently wait the five minutes before returning to irritate Hyungwon awake. “Come on! You said five minutes!” He groans again, and you hear Changkyun rustling, trying to shimmy out of Hoseok's hold. You hold back your snickers as you shake Hyungwon some more. He grumbles, “Fine, you win.” And you cheer before noticing his eyes are closed and watch as he nestles back into his pillow.

You groan, “But you promised!” He opens one eye and says, “No, I did not. I just said five more minutes.” You gape at him as Changkyun finally wiggles out of Hoseok’s hold. You exchange a look with him, realizing what you have to do. You both grab the edge of the blanket and rip it from them before they can take hold of it. Hoseok whines and Changkyun goes, “Come on! I promise lunch will be good if you get up!” Hyungwon shakes his head and shoves his face deeper into his pillow, and Hoseok opens his eyes, “What kind?” “Ramen~” And with that, he’s up and out of bed. 

He gives you two a smirk before pushing Hyungwon off the bed. “Let’s get Ramen!” Hyungwon shakes his head and glares, “It’s always for Ramen and never for nap time.” The three of you laugh before you lend your hand to help him up. “If I have bruises by the end of the week, I am totally telling my manager who gave them to me.” Hoseok mimics him before exiting the room with his suitcase to change. You look at Hyungwon and say, “Out of my room!” Hyungwon gives you a look, “This is my room now.” You glare, “It was mine first.” “And?” “Changkyun said I could have it.” He raises a brow, “And it’s Mine and Hoseok’s until the end of the week.” You whine, and both of you turn to Changkyun, and he holds his hands up. “Uh, well, I’ll be getting dressed in my room.” You whine, “Fine. I’ll grab my clothes and leave.” He smirks and pats your head, “I win.” You mutter as you grab your clothes, “This was my room… I’ll miss you, baby.” And he laughs as he waits for you to leave. When you leave the room, Hoseok’s ready to go, so you change in the bathroom. “This feels demeaning, that damn man.”

You finish and join Hoseok on the couch, “How did you deal with him alone?” Which causes Hoseok to laugh, “We had very different schedules. I would see him like twice a week for breakfast.” You nod, “Fair enough. How often have you seen each other since you moved out of our old apartment?” “Once every three months. The first few months, we lived together until our managers started booking us in different countries.” You nod, “That sucks. We’ve lived in separation for so long.” He nods and pats your leg, “But we’re together again, and that’s what counts.” You smile, “Yeah.” “Let’s make the most of it.” “Okay.” With that, Changkyun comes in, Hyungwon follows, and you go, “You’re going to love the ramen shop. They opened up shortly after you guys moved out.” They nod, and you drive them over to the restaurant, talking about a bit of everything. 

You come in, and Millie goes, “Two more? You’re making friends like a bandit now!” You laugh, “They’re old friends, so not really.” She shrugs, “Good enough for me.” She shows you to the booth. And once you settle in, with you across from Hyungwon and next to Changkyun. Hoseok says, “I like the ambiance here.” Hyungwon hums in agreement, “I’m glad.” Millie asks them what they like in their noodles before ordering all four of your bowls from the kitchen. Changkyun says, “I can’t believe she remembered my order so fast.” You nod, “She’s the best.” He grins, and you four spend time catching up on each other’s lives. 

How Hyungwon’s next stop from here is Marseille, and Hoseok’s next stop is Berlin. Changkyun tells them about the artists he’s working with, Minhyuk and Kihyun. And the two gasps, “Oh my god, you work with them?” He nods happily, and Hoseok cheers, “We’re close with those two!” You gasp, you haven't heard those names in a while, “You’re close?!” They smile, and Hoseok says, “Oh gosh, it’s a small world." Hyungwon continues, "Next, you’re gonna tell us you've worked with Shownu.” Changkyun smirks, “Yes, we have. We go to his restaurant every week.” The two gasp, “No way…” 

You laugh, “How did you meet those guys?” Hyungwon smiles, “Hyunwoo was visiting Madrid at the same time as us. Shortly after making that OST, we had to talk to him about it.” Hoseok nods, “And Minhyuk and Kihyun perform at our shows every once and a while.” They ask if you met them before, “I only met them once and in passing.” They nod before realizing, “Didn’t you used to like-” You glare, “We do not talk about that.” Changkyun raises an eyebrow, and you try to shut them up as the bowls of ramen come back. 

You shake your head and go, “Don’t.” Hyungwon smirks, “Is it because of some old feelings coming up that you don’t want us to tell?” You gasp and think, ‘How the fuck did he figure that out,’ and he continues to smirk, “Well, you see…” He pauses to eat some of his noodles, “In college, this one here used to be a big fan of theirs.” You glare and kick him under the table, which causes him to groan. And Hoseok continues after finishing his bowl, “Yeah, they used to talk about how-” “I hate you.” “-much they looked up to them and how attractive they were.” Changkyun nods, “And you never said anything?” You quickly shove some noodles into your mouth to avoid talking about it. “I um- I kind of forgot? It hasn't really been relevant to my life? Other than listening to their music... And well, when we saw them last week... I didn’t want them to feel uncomfortable, and I uh…” Hyungwon continues for you as if he knew what you’d say, “I uh didn’t want you to know.” You glare and mutter ‘motherfucker’ under your breath as you eat your noodles. “And why’s that?” You look at him, “Because after I found out they worked underneath you. And since I had liked them prior, I thought it would make me lose my job.” He shrugs, “How would that make you lose your job?” “Isn’t it like a power thing? Like I work there?” And he shakes his head, “I was a fan of their music before they joined our label, too.” You gasp, “No way.” He nods, “Yeah. But probably not the same way you had liked them though.” You blush and finish your bowl. Hoseok already calling for another round. 

“So, who was your favorite?” Changkyun asks, “Uh, I was supposed to choose between them?” He nods, “Usually.” You shake your head, “I liked them both equally.” He gasps, “No way.” You gulp and grab your drink from the table and sip on it. Nothing is getting you out of these conversations, “That’s cute.” He says, and Hoseok giggles, “Right!?” As the two of them talk for a second, Hyungwon mouths, “Am I right?” You look over at Kyun before giving him a slight nod. He smirks and mouths, “Wicked.” You shake your head at him before Changkyun turns to you, “You want to get their signature sometime? I’m sure they would love to hear you were a fan too.” You blush, “Maybe?” He smiles, “I’ll take that as a yes.” 

The second bowl of noodles and you dive in, excited to be out of the conversation as Changkyun says, “Oh, Joo probably wants to meet you both tomorrow.” Hyungwon tilts his head and continues, “I became friends with him when I moved away. And we started Honeycat Records together. I'd always talk to him about you three, and since he’s already met (N/n), it’s your guys' turn.” They smile, “Sure!” You guys eat in peace from there until you receive another bowl. And you ask, “Can I get some more crackers?” Millie nods, “Yeah, sure!” She brings them over, and you pour them over your noodles. Hoseok says, “Like mom made!” You nod, “Your mom always makes the best ramen. How is she?” He grins, “You remember how she always wanted to own a ramen shop?” You nod, “With my first big paycheck, I got her a place to make it happen.” Changkyun asks, “Is she happy?” He grins, “Yeah, she loves it! She calls me all the time and tells me about her customers. It makes me so happy to hear her joy. Someday we have to visit. Maybe next time we hang out?” You grin, “I’d love that.” The other two agree, and you finish your bowl. 

After the fourth round, Hyungwon and you are full. Changkyun got through a fifth bowl before he tapped out. And Hoseok happily finishes a seventh bowl. Millie goes, “A man after my heart.” He smiles, “You guys make amazing ramen!” And she grins, “I’ll be sure to tell the chef!” He nods, and after sitting there and emptying your glasses. You go to leave and before you can stick your card in, Hyungwon has already tapped his card to the reader. “You devil, you’re our guest!” He shrugs, “Yeah, and I make more.” You gasp, “Changkyun pays me very well. Well, I mean, in a way, I pay myself, but I digress.” The three laugh, and he goes, “You do my taxes. You know I make more.” You exit the restaurant and grumble, “Yeah, and?” Changkyun gasps, “You do taxes too?” You nod and offer, “If you want me to do the label's I could?” He nods, “You do everything in finances, huh?” You smile, “I like numbers.” He grins before giving you puppy dog eyes, “Would you do mine?” You sigh before nodding. He cheers, and the two high-five him. And the three cheer, “We love a money-wise best friend!” You shake your head at them as you get in your car and head back home. 

Once you get out, Changkyun asks, “What do you guys say to cake and ice cream?” You speak for the trees as you say, “Oh fuck yeah!” The four of you rush up to the apartment, and you fix up the cake with candles which he lights. You turn off the lights, and the four of you gather in front of it and take photos of the cake. Together, you blow out the candles after making your wishes. Hyungwon cuts it up, Changkyun serves it, and Hoseok and you serve the ice cream. With your dessert in one hand and a drink in another, you gesture for them to follow you two to the table. You sit in your seats, Hoseok sits beside you, and you dig into your desert. You pick up your can and go, “This is the life.” And the four of you clink your cans together as Hoseok says, “To many more days like these.” And in no time, you guys finish your dessert and clean up after yourselves. 

Hoseok runs to his room and returns with a deck of cards, “What do you guys say to a few rounds of Bullshit?” You all nod in agreement. He shuffles the deck, “These cards aren’t marked, are they?” You ask with pointed eyes towards Hyungwon, “What?” The three of you glance at him, and you say, “We played so much with your deck that the eights ended up being an easy tell.” He puts his hands up, “Not my deck.” And Hoseok adds, “I bought this deck in Madrid.” You nod and see the letters ‘Madrid’ on the back of the cards. “Fair enough.” He splits it between the four of you. “Who’s first?” Changkyun quickly places his card down, “Ace,” and Hyungwon smirks, “Two,” and it goes on. Surprisingly, you have a four and eight. But you also have all four jacks, so when Hoseok goes, “Jack.” You smirk at him, “Bullshit,” before he smirks back and flips over his card, revealing a joker. Your jaw drops as you exclaim, “You didn’t tell me we were playing with jokers!” And Hyungwon gasps, “That means Changkyun has the other one.” He smirks, “Yeah.” You sigh as you pick up the deck, “Motherfucker.” The rest laugh as you angrily put the eleven cards in your hand. 

You put down the queen you now had in your deck. And find out Hyungwon and Changkyun lied too, and you glare at them. When Hyungwon lays down the Ace, Hoseok calls bullshit. He grumbles and flips over the card, revealing a ten, “It has a one in it…” You laugh a little, but not hard cause he only had to collect three cards to your eleven. It goes well after that, the four of you staring at each other to see if you had the same tells. Changkyun had changed a bit with a smirk every time he bullshitted. It isn't until he’s down to his last card that the three of you gang up on him as he smirks. The three of you chime, “Bullshit.” It isn’t until he has the final laugh as he flips his card over. Revealing the joker, making you all gasp, “You didn’t use it until the end?” He nods, sticking his tongue out as puts an “L” over his forehead, “Losersss!” You all groan as you split the deck into threes and battle it out.

Hyungwon calls your bullshit out, and before you can take the pile, Changkyun joins in again and takes your loss. “Thanks, Kyunnie~” He smiles, “No problem, (N/n)~” The other two roll their eyes, “You lying, little brats.” He whines as he realizes every turn you’ve been lying your ass off, not having any of the cards for the pile. You were hoping for the deck he picked up to save your consciousness a bit. But then again, it also helped you not collect more cards. 

You move through the game, and when you put down your last card. Changkyun quickly lays down a card so no one can call you out on your bullshit. Even though he knows you're lying through your teeth as you say, “Queen.” “King!” Hoseok gasps at him and throws his cards down, “You two are in it together, aren’t you!?” You smirk, “In it to win it, loser~ Second is the best.” Hyungwon groans, “Yeah, first is the worst.” You give Changkyun a smirky smile, and without a second thought, you blow him a kiss. He smiles and catches it, and puts it on his cheek. Hyungwon grumbles, “Sickening, really.” The three of them battle it out, and you ask if they want another round of beer, to which they all agree. 

You get them each a new can. And when it’s time for Changkyun to pick up his lies. He makes ‘pleading eyes’ at you, and you snatch up the cards. Hyungwon gasps, “You two are the biggest cheats.” You smirk, “You’re mad 'cause you didn’t think of it first, aren’t you, Wonnie?” He glares, “Yes.” With Hoseok’s help, he wins the next round, pulling the same move that Changkyun pulled for you. “Thanks, Hoho~” He pouts, “No kiss for me?” Hyungwon rolls his eyes and blows him a kiss, “Better?” “Way.” 

You played a few more rounds. Changing the order and going counterclockwise meant saving Changkyun’s ass. You'd call him out on his bullshit when the risks and rewards were low. But that didn't spare you from the other two. They both became ruthless. Hoseok comes in first, fair and square, and Changkyun, with your help, comes in second. The two of them let you battle it out, calling bullshit every other move until you both call for a truce. Hyungwon lets out a yawn which causes the three of you to yawn too. “Well, I don’t know about you kids, but it’s time for my beauty rest.” You sigh as the other two get up, “Yeah, like you need it." He shrugs, "I may not need it, but I like to have it." You yawn again, "I have no comeback for that." He laughs as he stretches, "You're just jealous cause you don't get to sleep on your mattress." You squint, "My bed loves me most. You keep talking. I'm putting peas under it, princess." He laughs, "You're not supposed to tell your evil plans before you execute them." You mimic him and follow him down the hall. 

You grab your clothes from your room before leaving him to it. As Hoseok exits, he gives you a cheeky smile, "You might not wanna go in there~" You groan, "Did you use the spray?" He nods, "Yeah, but give it some time to air out." You sigh, "I remember why I don't miss living with you two." He pouts, "But I thought you loved us." You squint, and he laughs, "I'm just kidding." Before running off, with a shake of your head into the bathroom to find he really was joking. You sigh and change into comfy clothes, and brush your teeth. As you do, you realize you'll be sleeping next to Kyun again. 

While earlier it was just a little nap, who knows what your sleepy self would do? Will you wake up tangled in Kyun's arms? No, he’s your friend, that wouldn't be possible. You shake your head at that thought. And with a sigh, you enter his room to find him already on his side of the bed. You climb in next to him, and he throws the blanket over the two of you. 

When you’ve settled into your pillow, he says, “I’ve missed hanging out with them.” You agree, “Me too. What was the best part of today?” He thinks for a minute, “Um well,... Probably picking them up.” You raise a brow, “Why?” He smiles, “For lots of reasons, but as that one song says, ‘Reunited and it feels so good.’” You giggle, “Yeah, it did feel like that.” He asks, “What about you?” You smile, “Eating ramen with them.” He nods, “Speaking of, do you still like Min and Ki?” You shake your head, “No, it was college me's fantasy, but I still like their music and whatnot.” He nods, “Oh, cool. Their music is pretty good if I do say so myself.” You say, “Why do you ask?” You see his cheeks turn a bit red, “No reason… I was just... wondering.” You nod, “Don’t worry, that crush came and went.” He smiles, “Cool.” You reach and turn off the bedside lamp, “Goodnight, Kyun.” “Goodnight, (N/n).” 

The sunlight filters in through the curtains in his room and wakes you up. It was just as you thought. It wasn't possible. You woke up on your side of the bed and him on his. You get up first and make coffee for the three of them, deciding that'd be an easier way to wake them. With the smell of coffee permeating everyone’s room, Changkyun wakes up first. He groggily goes, “Good morning.” And you greet him back as you pour coffee into four mugs. Hoseok comes in as you put your coffee together. Hyungwon follows shortly after tiredly wiping his eyes. The three finish their coffees their way and join you at the kitchen table. It’s too early to talk other than a simple greeting. Once you all have finished your coffee, Changkyun says, “Do you guys want to get a real breakfast?” You all nod eagerly, “Cool.” You get up from your spots and put your mugs in the sink. You grab your clothes from your room, not without muttering a few complaints. Which Hyungwon laughs at after Hoseok changes in the bathroom, you change too. 

Once you’re all in the car, Hoseok asks Hyungwon, “Remember when we used to drive them everywhere? How the times have changed.” You smirk, “Yeah, now we get to take care of our elders~” Hoseok gasps, “You wound me!” The four of you laugh and talk about various things as Changkyun continues to drive. Curiosity gets the best of you as you ask, “Where are you taking us?” He smiles, “Joo’s dad owns this pancake house. It's kind of far from where we live, but I think the three of you will like it.” You all agree that it sounds good, and before long, he turns and pulls in. “Alright, we’re here!” He cheers, and you all get out, and he gets a pager. “He doesn’t work here anymore. But he does own it.” He tells you three, and you all nod. And wait for your number to ring. 

When it does, the host leads you to a table and hands everyone a menu. You groan, “It all looks so good.” Hoseok goes, “Oh, I know what I want!” And he excitedly tells you three. Changkyun tells you what he’s getting, followed by Hyungwon. You take a few minutes to decide, and before the waiter comes over, you figure it out and tell the other three. They write down your orders, and they bring out your drinks first. Hyungwon asks, “So are we going to meet Jooheon today?” And you both nod, “What’s he like?” And Changkyun explains him best, and you add in your two cents. Hoseok cheers, “He seems lovely. No wonder you're friends with him!” You smile. And the waiter brings your food out, and you dig in. Hyungwon says between bites, “Yeah, I see why you recommended this. Not because Jooheon’s dad owns it. But because the food comes out quick, and it’s also delicious.” He nods, “It’s all his own recipes.” Hoseok says, “His dad and my mom have to become friends. Imagine the creations those two could make!” You grin and tell him, “That would be heavenly.” You finish your plates and order some muffins. Hyungwon gasps, “These are mammoth-sized!” You quickly butter it and try it, “Oh, and they taste as good as they look. My god.” You guys eat happily, and you slide your card over to Changkyun. And he quickly splits it between you two before either of them can pay. 

With a stomach full of a hearty breakfast, you head over to the studio. “You’re going to love it!” You cheer. Kyun tells them about restoring the building to what it was like now. Hyungwon goes, “Damn, that's amazing, Kyun.” He smiles, “Thanks.” They nod, and Hoseok says, “I’m sure we will. After all, if Kyun made it what it is today. It's sure to blow our minds.” You nod, and Changkyun thanks them again. He parks on the side of the street, and you all get out. 

You head in, and together you show them everything. When you reach the common area, you get excited, “Okay, Kyun’s room is nice, but I’d like to believe mine is cuter!” Kyun laughs as you excitedly show them the key and placard he made for you. “Oh! And look! I took a picture from home and put it here!” They all gather behind you, and Changkyun says, “I didn’t know you had this back here.” You smile, “Yeah.” Hoseok laughs, “That’s the treehouse! Oh, how I miss that place!” Hyungwon grins, “Was this the day where we staking out the best candy houses and ended up falling asleep up there?” You nod, “Yeah, and Kyun’s dad came out later that night and carried us all in.” Changkyun smiles, “Yeah, and by the time the four of us were back in. We were wide awake. And so we all made cookies together. With my parent's help, of course.” You laugh, “It was so much fun! I had just gotten my camera and was documenting everything.” Hoseok laughs, “You couldn’t stop taking photos. I’m sure our parents were grateful they had you.” You laugh, “I think we were what? Nine in this?” They nod, and you grin, “That’s why my studio is cooler. I have a cute photo of us in mine.” Changkyun rolls his eyes, “I have one taped to my computer.” Hyungwon shakes his head, “But this one is nicely framed.” You smirk, “Exactly!” 

You lock up your office, and he knocks on Jooheon’s door. “Joo, you in here?” You hear a rustle behind the door, and out comes Jooheon. You all scoot back, and he looks over you two, “Are these the last of the famous quartet?” You both nod and move over to the common area. You go to introduce them when Jooheon gasps, “Wait, your Hyungwon and Hoseok-! Are thee Hoseok and Hyungwon!?” You both laugh, “The ones and only.” He gasps, “When Minhyuk and Kihyun started out here, I booked them for your events a few times!” They grin, and Hoseok goes, “Yeah! You have! We’re actually friends with them!” That makes Kyun look at you, and you shake your head, and Jooheon goes, “I’m Jooheon. Sometimes they call me Honey or Joo. But feel free to call me whatever. It’s nice to meet such dear friends and lovely models.” Hyungwon says, “It’s nice to meet you too! We’ve heard lots about you.” You grin, and Joo goes, “All good things?” They nod, and he sighs in relief. Changkyun rolls his eyes, “Why would I ever say anything bad about you?” He pouts, “I don’t know, I worry.” You shake your head, “You’re too sweet.”

The five of you go over and sit down. Jooheon is next to Changkyun, who's next to you. A table away, on the opposite couch, are Hoseok and Hyungwon, “Do you guys do anything other than modeling?” Hoseok grins, “When I have the time, I draw.” And Hyungwon goes, “I like to take photos, rarely, but sometimes if the scenery is right, I do. And also for my social media.” He nods, and the two of you watch as they converse, and you grin. It’s so wonderful seeing your best friends like your other friends. You both join the conversation as they talk about their childhoods. Jooheon talks about his first phone and goes, “Do you think kids these days even know about slider phones?” You laugh, “Probably, only if it’s a hand-me-down. Hell, I didn’t even have one. I only had a flip phone. The cool kids had the sliders.” Hyungwon smirks, “I was a cool kid.” You shake your head at him. 

And that’s when Jooheon mentions, “Oh, Min and Ki are coming in today.” That causes the two across to eye you. And while the other two can’t see it, you flip them off, which makes them cackle. Changkyun furrows his brows at him, “I thought they weren’t supposed to be in for another two weeks?” Jooheon goes, “There’s a drama that requested their vocals, and so we should be seeing them any time soon. But don’t worry. They already know you’re not in for work.” Changkyun looks at you before he says anything, “That’s not a first but man... I wish the producers would alert us in advance.” Jooheon laughs and shrugs, “You know how they are.” And he nods. 

Speak of the devil, and the devil will appear. You hear their footsteps coming up the stairs. And you want to disappear. You hear one of them call, “Joo, you in here?” Jooheon goes, “Yeah, I'm in the common area! Come on in!” They agree, and you look at the two across from you in horror. They smirk at you, and all you want to do is curl up and hide. And turn invisible until you feel Changkyun’s thumb rubbing circles into the palm of your hand. You don’t know when he grabbed your hand, but it eased your nerves. 

Jooheon gets up and gives them both a hug which they return. That’s when they see the rest of you. And Minhyuk says, “Joo mentioned something about you meeting your friends this week. But you didn’t tell us you were friends with these two!?” Minhyuk instantly hugs Hoseok, and you think, 'Okay, I can slip out of here while they're distracted... I can make a break for it.' Watching as the four exchange greetings, Jooheon says, “It’s a small world, isn’t it?” You laugh, “Wait till you find out they know Hyunwoo.” He gasps, “No way.” You nod. That’s when all the attention is on you, and you realize you fucked up. You catch Hyungwon’s dastardly smirk before you catch what he says, “I think you would love to meet our best friend, (Y/n). They used to be a big fan of yours.” 

The two gasp and Minhyuk goes, “Really? We met you before. Why didn't you say anything?” You gulp and watch as they circle the couch in front of you. They sit down beside your two best friends. You feel Changkyun’s hand squeeze yours, and you squeeze it back for reassurance. And you say, “I didn’t want you two to feel uncomfortable.” Kihyun shrugs, “Kyun was a fan of ours. It didn’t bother us none.” You shake your head, “I uh but-.” Hoseok goes, “They used to like you~” If you could kill those two, you would… Which causes the two to smirk, “Really?” And Kihyun smirks, “Which one of us did you like more?” Trying to start a little competition, you look at your shoes wishing the ground would swallow you up whole now. “I liked both of you equally. I’d carry around your unit pcs.” Minhyuk gasps, “I didn’t expect that.” You nod, “Yeah. I was a big fan, and both of you were super cool. You guys are like the only idol group I ever followed.” 

Hyungwon goes, “Remember how we said we watched you perform when we were in college?” The two nod, “It was because of them.” Minhyuk looks at you, and you smile, “Your music was inspiring, and I was very thankful for it. So, I tried to see every show I could back then.” They thank you, and Kihyun asks, “Do you still like our music?” You nod, “I think it’s even greater now. And knowing you have these two in your corner. It made you guys gain incredible fame.” They grin, and Kihyun says, “Well, our new album won’t be coming out for a while… But would you like our last release signed?” Jooheon gets up as you gasp and clench Changkyun’s hand. “Um yeah… If that’s okay?” And after a moment, Jooheon returns with a white album and hands it to them. “Always prepared.” The three of you thank him. 

“You never signed anything for us.” Hoseok whines and Minhyuk gives him a look, “You said you didn’t want one.” Hoseok shrugs, “You have me there.” As Kihyun grabs a sharpie from the jar on the table, you go, “Don’t let them fool you. They were both excited when they saw you two perform at their runaway. And they even filmed it for me.” You smile over at your friends, and they grin back. Minhyuk smiles, “I’m glad you guys enjoyed our performance. Even if you won’t admit it.” Hyungwon shrugs as Kihyun finishes writing his message after signing the cover. He hands it over to Minhyuk. 

Kihyun asks, “Do you have a favorite song we’ve performed?” You nod, “I really liked your recent solo Youth and Minhyuk’s Ongshimi.” And Minhyuk looks up, “You know Honey made that song for me?” Jooheon grins, “It’s one of my favorites too.” You look over at Jooheon and high-five him for good taste. “I remember reading that Joohoney was the producer. It wasn’t until I was doing the payroll that I realized Jooheon and him were the same person.” That causes the six of them to laugh, and you smile, and Minhyuk finishes signing it. He lets it sit for a moment so it doesn’t smear before they both hand it over to you. 

And without a second thought, you immediately hold it close, “I’m going to cherish this forever.” Kihyun nods, “I had a feeling.” Minhyuk smiles, “Well, there’s more where that came from.” Kihyun smiles, “And considering you are friends with all these guys, I bet we’ll be friends too.” You blush and feel your Changkyun squeeze your hand. “I’m honored just to be your guy’s acquaintance.” You smile and look down at Kyun’s and your hands. 

That’s when Jooheon goes, “I’d hate to interrupt, but if we don’t get into the studio now. Minhyuk will miss his cologne photoshoot.” Minhyuk groans, “I forgot about that.” And the other six of you whine to Jooheon, “I’m sorry, I really want to talk to you all too. But we have work today, and you guys don’t.” You all pout at him, and he musters the cutest pout right back. You all gasp at him, and Hoseok says, “You didn’t tell me he was a master at being cute.” You shake your head, “I didn’t know!” Changkyun apologizes, “I forgot.” Which causes Jooheon to pout more and speak in the cutest voice, “How could you forget how cute I am?” Which causes Kyun to pinch his bridge with his free hand. You all laugh, and the three get up, and Kihyun says, “It’s nice to meet a loyal fan.” You hold out your free hand, and they both shake it. If you were unhygienic, you’d never wash your hand again. You thank them for everything. And your best friends tell them it was good to see them again before they’re off to the studio. 

The three of them shoot a look at you as you hold your album tightly. And Changkyun speaks up, “So are you going to read the messages they wrote, or?” You nod. And feel him let go of your hand, and you immediately miss the contact. “I know we talked about it before, but honestly... I never expected to meet them more than in passing. I was planning to lock my studio or make a run for the door whenever they came in for recordings and whatnot.” The three laugh and shake their heads at you. 

You sigh, “This is surreal.” You trace around their signatures before flipping through to find Kihyun’s first. “To (Y/n), one of our first fans! Thank you for your continued support. We appreciate it! We hope we can continue to inspire you. And please support our next album too! I hope our friendship blossoms like our friendship with your best friends. Anyway, until then, please take care, and know you’re doing well, even now.” You resist the tears that spring up. And the three coo at the message, and Hoseok goes, “Oh, that was so cute.” You nod, and Hyungwon goes, “I hope they become your friends too.” You gulp, “I could have never imagined this was a possibility when we were in college.” They sympathize with you, and you continue looking through the album. Admiring each photo as you decide to display this next to your photo frames.

You finally make it to the page Minhyuk signed and see his message, “To (Y/n); thank you for supporting us all these years. It’s nice to have loyal fans. We appreciate it. I’m sure Kihyun has already said it, but maybe someday we can be friends too. Anyway, we’ll do our best to continue to inspire you! So, I hope you enjoy our next album too! Until then, fighting!” You wish to cry as you read it aloud, and they coo at this message too. You flip through the rest of the pages before finding the photocards in the back. You grin at all three, two solo and one unit. And you can’t help but hold the unit card to your chest. “This is so cute.” You say before showing them all three. Changkyun tells you they’re cute. And you take time to look at the CD’s art too. 

You close the album after keeping the unit card out. It’s unreal to believe you just met your idols. You pull out your wallet, and the three of them look at you questionably. And you pull out your driver's license and pull out a picture of the three of them lying on top of each other. And bring out an old Minhyuk and Kihyun pc. Hoseok asks, “I thought you said you didn’t like them like that anymore?” You sigh, “Um, I don’t, but... I used to look at their photocard and think, if they could make it and be okay. Then so could I.” And Changkyun smiles, “Oh, that’s so cute.” You blush, “I guess.” And you put the newest pc in front of the old one before putting the rest back in order into your wallet.

You hold the album close to you, and Hyungwon asks, “Are you okay?” And you shake your head, “I can’t believe you guys told them all that.” And Kyun goes, “I didn’t.” You roll your eyes, “Yeah, but those two devils told my secrets. I was going to take those to my grave.” Hyungwon smirks, “Yeah, but it helped you get a personally signed album~” You glare, “I thought about murdering you both.” Hoseok shrugs, “Fair enough.” You shake your head at them, “But seriously, thank you. It's all thanks to you three. I lived college me's dream." You sigh, "I can’t believe I met and talked to them.” They grin, and Changkyun nudges you, “And they want to be your friend too! That means someday we can all go to lunch together.” You put your head on the table, “Too soon. That’s too wild for me to process.” The three of them pat your head, and when you get up, Hyungwon asks, “Anyone else hungry for dinner?” 

You nod, “That sounds lovely right about now.” You hold the album tightly to your chest, and the three of you walk down the stairs when a door to a studio opens. And you hear three, Bye-byes, and you all cheer your goodbyes. And your heart nearly beats out of your chest. The four of you make it into the car as you strap yourself in. Changkyun asks, “Where to?” And Hoho goes, “Do they still have that steakhouse on 57th Street?” You shrug, “I don’t know. I haven’t been there since you two moved out.” Won says, “We can always try.” Kyun nods, “If not, there is always the franchise one.” You all agree and head over to 57th Street, which to your surprise, is still open. “I wonder if it’s just as good now.” Changkyun says, “I would have no idea.” You all look at him, “You’ve never been?” He shakes his head no, “Well, you’ll enjoy it.” He smiles, “Okay.” You carefully hide your album under the seat before joining the other three waiting to be seated. 

After about twenty minutes, you're seated at a table. You take time to look over the menus, and Changkyun asks questions about each. And Hyungwon tells him the best options and Hoseok mouths, “I saw your hands earlier.” You look at him in shock, “Is Hyungwon correct?” You tilt your head, “that you still like him?” You spare a glance, “How do you figure that?” Instead of continuing your silent conversation, he laughs. Which causes the other two to look over, and you blush a deep red but cover it up with a shrug. They go back to conversing about the cuts of steaks. And he mouths, “You made sure he knew you only loved Min and Ki in the past~.” You shake your head and mouth back, “It’s the truth.” He smirks, “Ah, but not denying you reassured him.” He continues as you glare, “The way you two played last night. I think he feels the same.” You roll your eyes, “That’s just how friends play.” He looks at Hyungwon, “Really? Because did you see me saving his ass?” You roll your eyes, “Whatever.” He shrugs, and you do too, and that’s when Changkyun tells you he’s going to get the New York strip steak. 

After the waiter takes your drink order, you guys fall back into a regular conversation. You say, “It hasn’t changed much since we first started coming here.” And the two across from you agree, and Hoseok goes, “I just hope they didn’t change their seasoning recipe.” You nod, “Oh, Kyun, wait till you try their seasoning. It’s delicious!” He grins, “I can’t wait.” Your drinks arrive, and you order your food. Once the waiter leaves, Hyungwon cheers, “To a great meal!” And you all clink your glasses before taking a sip. You ask, “So what did you think of Joo?” Hoseok grins, “He seems friendly. He’s cute and also a great conversationalist.” And Hyungwon continues, “He is also very professional. But he knows how to separate those things. I admire that.” Changkyun smiles, “What did you think of our building?” Hoseok smiles, “It’s so nice. You guys really take care of it.” And Hyungwon says, “It seems very comfortable too. Especially the common area. I like that it looks over the city.” You both grin, and Won tells you, “My favorite office was yours.” You smile, and Hoho tells Kyun that he likes his studio best. “Always evenly split.” 

And that’s as far you guys into your conversation before your food comes out. You wait for the steak sauce, and you guys eat your meal peacefully, and Hoseok says, “It’s just as delicious as I remember.” The two of you agree, and Changkyun goes, “This is really good.” You three nod, and you continue eating, and the waiter comes back to check on you. And without anyone noticing, Hoseok passed along his card to pay for the meal. When the waiter comes back after five minutes with it, that’s when you all notice. You gasp, “You little-” He smirks, “I’m quick.” Which makes the rest of you grumble. And to settle it, Hyungwon goes, “How about next time we split it between us?” You all agree and finish up your food. 

You make it to the car, pull your album back out, and lay it on your lap before asking, “You know what sounds good right now?” And Changkyun goes, “Cake and ice cream?” You nod, “You read my mind.” And the other two agree as he drives you all back after cake and ice cream on full stomachs. The four of you retire to bed early. Of course, after putting your album on display in your room. You join him in bed, and he asks, “Was it fun?” You stretch as you ask him, “What?” He smiles, “Meeting your idols?” You shrug, “Kind of, but more terrifying than fun. I’m glad you held my hand back there.” He nods, “That makes sense. I could tell you were about to jump out of your skin, so I wanted to comfort you.” You laugh as you shake your head, “Thank you.” You nestle into your pillow and ask, “Have you ever met any idols that left you stunned like that?” He shrugs, “I don’t think any idol has ever left me stunned.” You let out an “Oh.” He smiles, “But there have been people that have stunned me.” You ask, “Really? Like whom?” He smiles, “Joo, he stuns me with his cute acts. Won stuns me with his effortlessness. Hoho with his genuineness. And you stun me a lot too.” You nod with a yawn, and he tells you, “Go to bed. We can talk about this some other day.” You give him a tired smile and turn off the light. And once your head hits the pillow, you’re out like the light. He stays up for a few making sure you're asleep before he says, “You’ve stunned me in ways I couldn’t describe until I was older. And now, you still do, in every way possible.” 

You’re shaken awake by Changkyun when you open your eyes. He says, “Hey, sleepyhead.” You smile, “Hi, Kyun.” He smiles, “Sorry I didn’t wake you up until after the three of us had coffee, but you seemed too peaceful to wake up.” You shrug, “It’s okay, thank you, I needed the extra rest. Plus, you guys need your separate time to catch up too.” He nods, “Hoseok wants to have a movie marathon. Are you up for it?” You give him a smile and nod, and he hands you a mug of coffee. “I made this a moment ago and figured you’d want some before you got up. You can join us when you’re ready.” You smile and thank him. And with that, he leaves you alone in his room. You take it all in, from the smell of his comforter to the photos on the wall. His closet is a mess, but you smile as you sip your coffee and wonder what it'd be like to sleep with him in here all the time. You think about waking up to him kissing your forehead and waking up curled in his arms. And before you know it, you’ve finished your cup of coffee. 

You get up and shower before joining them in a new pair of PJs, “You missed the first Spiderverse movie.” You shrug, “That’s alright. I've seen it before.” And they all pout, “Without us?” You roll your eyes, “Uh, was I not supposed to watch my favorite superhero when he comes out with a new movie?” Hoseok nods, “Valid points, but without us?” You shake your head at them before settling between Hoseok and Hyungwon. Changkyun hands you a bowl of popcorn, and Hyungwon picks the second movie. “The Notebook?” He nods, “It’s my favorite.” You three groan, “We know.” He grins, “You guys like it too.” The three of you nod, “Yeah.” And you all get comfortable watching the movie. It’s so beautiful and perfect until it isn’t, and you’re all crying and handing each other tissues. Changkyun whines, “Hyungwon, how do you convince us to watch this every time?!” When the ending credits finally come on, you’re all sniffling and wiping your eyes. 

Hoseok, the worst of you all, you all hold him and wait until he’s recovered. Before you ask, “Are we all good?” You hear hums of agreement, and Changkyun grabs the remote and picks Ice Age. “Something nice for all of us to reminisce on.” The three of you laugh and agree that's exactly what you need after that movie. You stretch out and put the empty bowl of popcorn on the coffee table. The three of you kick back, relax, and speak the lines as you remember them. You go first with, “A dandelion? Must be the last of the season!” And Hoseok goes, “Carl,” And Hyungwon chimes in, “Frank, calm down.” And Hoseok says, “He’s ruined our salad.” And you do your best to reiterate the pinecone speech, which causes them to burst out laughing. 

Changkyun narrating all of Diego’s lines had to be the highlight of the movie. “Do we have to get a newsflash every time your body does something?” "Sid!?" When it ends, the two of you decide to tease him, and you say, “The big bad tigey-wigey knows all the lines?” Hyungwon goes, “Oh, poor tigey-wigey.” And he rolls his eyes, “You guys are just jealous that I know more lines!” You shake your head, “Am not.” Hoseok shakes his head and says, “I’m going to pee. You three sort yourselves out.” You laugh, and Changkyun goes, “This tigey-wigey bites- and remember, Jumbo won’t always be there to protect you.” You squint, “Is that a threat, Diego?” He smirks, and before you can even register it. He’s pulled you towards him, acting like he’s going to bite your neck, “A promise.” And you whine out to Hyungwon, “A tiger, help! Help! He’s got me.” And Hyungwon bursts out into laughter, which causes you both to laugh. “Hoseok, you missed it!” That’s when you hear him from the hall, “No, I didn’t! I got it all on film.” You both gasp as he smirks, “I really had to pee, but I knew I couldn’t miss this.” You all laugh, and Hyungwon goes, “Send me!” “Already done!” 

You hear a ping, and he smirks, not checking his notifications, “You guys will see it someday~.” You both groan as Changkyun releases you. You sit up but don’t move from your spot next to him. After Hoseok returns from the restroom Hyungwon refills his popcorn bowl. You choose Men In Black, which leaves you all giggling and watching in suspense as if seeing it for the first time. Changkyun goes, “Oh, you know what would be good after this?” And the three of you say in unison, “Rush Hour.” He nods, “Exactly.” 

And seamlessly, you transition to that movie. You lay your head on Changkyun’s shoulder and are surprised to find how comfortable they are. And you sigh, without a second thought, you snuggle in. You hear him whisper, “Comfortable?” And you nod and watch as Carter meets up for a deal on some C4. The movie ends before you know it, and that’s when you all notice how dark it is in the living room. Hyungwon and Changkyun both turn on the lamps beside them. And you get out of your comfortable position, and Hoseok says, “What do guys say to pizza and wings?” You all agree and pool your cash to pay together for once. 

Hyungwon chooses the next movie before joining in and filling up his plate as he grabs his last slice of pizza. He asks, “Do you remember when we stayed up all night playing video games on Changkyun’s new console?” Changkyun laughs, “We ordered so much pizza that night.” You groan, “I never thought I could get tired of pizza until then.” Hoseok whines, “I couldn’t eat pepperoni pizza for months.” You all laugh, and Hyungwon says as he had back then, “Let’s never do that again.” And you all agreed as if it were sophomores in high school again. 

You guys arrange so both you and Hoseok get an armrest with Changkyun and Hyungwon between you both. Hyungwon asks, “Toy Story?” And Hoseok nods as he starts the movie. You ask, “It’s a good movie. But it has its sad parts. Do you guys want to cry or something today?” You see Hyungwon shrug over Changkyun’s shoulders, “Not really, I just like these movies.” Hoseok nods, “They’re classics.” “Exactly.” 

At the mention of pizza planet, you all hold up your pizzas, which makes the four of you cackle. Hyungwon repeats the little alien toys' lines, “A stranger! From the outside!” You all ‘ooohhh’ and Hoseok does his best impression of Buzz until you all start chanting, “The Claw!” As the claw reaches down and grabs the aliens. 

Hoseok picks out the next movie after you all clean up. You see the preview of Wallace and Gromit: The Curse of the Were-Rabbit. You grin, “Now, this is right up my alley.” Hoseok smirks, huffs on his hand, and rubs his hand on his chest as if he was polishing off his idea. You shake your head at him before settling into the seats you had before, with you next to Changkyun. You’re halfway through the movie when Hyungwon stretches over the three of you. “Oh yeah, this is way more comfortable.” The three of you shake your head at him, “Really?” He shrugs, “You guys are just as comfortable as I remember.” You roll your eyes, “You’re only saying that, so we’ll let you lay on us.” He shrugs again, “Maybe.” You let out a collective sigh before going along with it. 

It takes a while before you decide to get comfy too. And lay your head against Kyun’s shoulders. And you agree with Won’s earlier sentiment that this is way more comfortable. You catch Hoseok scooting the ottoman closer to kick his feet onto it before settling back. After a while, you feel Changkyun’s head on yours. You smile and reiterate his earlier question, “Comfortable?” And he hums in agreement. Hoho hands him the remote as the movie comes to an end. He chooses “Black Panther” before handing the remote over to you, which you lay beside your lap. 

You hear Hyungwon yawn, and you all look over at him. And he shrugs before turning back to watch the movie as he says, “I’ve always loved this movie.” You all agree, and it’s not long before you notice Hyungwon sleeping peacefully on top of the three of you. He seems too content, and you watch as signs of sleep start to hit Hoseok, but he fights it until the end of Black Panther. You decide on Tinker Bell, click it on, and watch the beginning with earnest. 

After the beginning, Changkyun gestures for you to look over. And you watch as Hoseok’s head falls forward before he regains consciousness. Just for sleep to win him over, and he falls asleep. You both snicker, “Those two could never make it the whole night.” He laughs, “What do you say we put those two to bed after this?” You nod, “Sounds like a plan.” You both watch as Tinker Bell falls in love with her gift. You whisper, “Oh, it’s my favorite part.” He smiles, “Tink going to the mainland?” You nod, and you both watch and hum along to the song that plays as the fairies travel to the mainland. And you grin as Tinker Bell delivers the tiny dancer to Wendy. 

Once the ending credits come up, you lift Hyungwon’s legs so you can get up. “Do you think we’ll have to lug him?” With a sigh, you both nod. He carefully grabs him off of Hoseok, and you carry his legs. Thankfully, their room (your room) was the closest to the living room. You both let out a sigh of relief when you get to drop him on the bed. Hyungwon mumbles, “Your delivery service was a four out of ten.” You glare before turning to Changkyun, “Next time, I’m dropping him.” The two of you laugh as Hyungwon flips you off and snuggles into his pillows. You both come back to see Hoseok starting to blink awake. You both help him up and lead the tired man to his bed, “You okay, buddy?” He nods and thanks you both before curling under the blanket. 

You both come in and plop down next to each other on the couch, “What sounds good?” He shrugs, grabs the remote, scrolls through, and points out, “Howl’s Moving Castle?” You nod, and he clicks it on. And you turn off the lamp closest to you, and he does the same. You grab your blanket, and he pulls his quilt over him. When you look over at Kyun, you let out a yawn which causes him to yawn. And you both snuggle into your blankets, slowly snuggling into your sides of the couch. You make it halfway through another movie before you start drifting off. You wake up and catch a few glimpses of A Knight’s Tale every time. You try to stay awake each time your eyes open because it’s one of your favorites. But the sandman succeeds again as you fall into a deep rest.

Surprisingly, you wake up with your head on a pillow and find yourself in Kyun’s room. You blink over and catch the time on the clock, three am. You turn over and notice Kyun’s eyes are open. “Hi,” He smiles, “Hi.” You ask, “Did you carry me in here?” He nods and whispers, “I couldn’t believe you fell asleep through A Knight’s Tale.” You softly groan, “I know. I missed the part where he’s taught to dance and then dances at the ball.” He laughs, “We can always watch it again.” You pout, “Not the same.” He raises his eyebrow, “How? You’d still be watching it with me.” You whisper, “I wanted to watch it with you tonight.” He does his best to hold in his laugh as he runs his hands through your hair, “It’s okay. There’s always next time.” You nod, a little defeated, “Okay.” He rolls his eyes, “It’s okay, big baby.” And you still pout a bit, and he barely whispers, “Your lips look kissable.” You think you mishear him. You have to have misheard him. After all, it's three am. He couldn't have said what you thought he did. As you blink at him, he gulps, “Can you believe how dismissible Won was of us?” That makes more sense to your tired mind, “Yeah, he’s a meanie.” He laughs, “At least Hoho accepted our help.” You nod, ��Yeah, he’s a sweetie.” You settle more into your pillow and try to stay awake again as you look over Kyun’s features. You fail again, and Changkyun lets out a sigh of relief and mentally pats himself on the back, “Good save. Good save.” 

It’s eight in the morning when you wake up again. You’re facing away from Changkyun. You sit up, look over and see how peaceful he looks sleeping. Your heart flutters for a few moments before you get up and watch as Changkyun reaches out as if he was looking for you. You let out an “Ooh,” before placing your pillow in his searching arms. He instantly nuzzles into the pillow and goes back to sleep. Your heart can’t take the cuteness. You shake your head and walk to the kitchen to see Hoseok drinking a glass of orange juice. You whisper, “You’re up early.” He startles a bit, which makes you snicker, and he rolls his eyes, “I should have known it was you and not a ghost.” You laugh even harder as you pour a glass of orange juice for yourself.

You sit beside him and ask, “Do you like this table?” He nods, “It’s nice.” You grin after you drink some of your juice, “Cool.” He asks, “Do you and Kyunnie always sit in the same spots?” You nod, “It’s kind of our tradition. This table became a constant before I knew it.” He smiles, “That’s sweet.” You’re surprised when you hear someone start to slink in. Both of you turn to see Hyungwon, “You guys have chocolate syrup?” You nod, “Pantry, 2nd shelf.” He grabs a glass, the bottle of syrup, and the milk. “What are you two talking about?” You tap your finger on the table and say, “This table.” He smiles and looks back, “Well, it is a very nice table, mahogany, right?” You nod as he turns to stir his drink together. He joins you in his seat, “Kyunnie was saying how you hoped we’d like the table.” You laugh, “Yeah, it’s my favorite place.” He nods, “Make sense.” 

The three of you relax in the peaceful morning. It felt right being with the two again. You break the silence, “It’s weird to be with you two at a breakfast table in the morning and not doing homework.” The two laugh and Won goes, “I was thinking the same thing.” Hoho says, “I was thinking about how no one is rushing around as they eat breakfast.” The three of you laugh, and you go, “But it feels right.” They nod, and Hoho smiles, “It’s nice to be with you guys and not working on a silly project.” You both smile, and Hoseok reaches his hands out to the both of you, and you both hold them. Hyungwon tells you both with a smile, “I’m glad we’re together again. And I’m glad we have Kyun now too.” You smile, “All the wrongs are now right.” He grins, and you hear Changkyun come into the kitchen. It now feels complete, as if you discovered the missing puzzle piece. And put it in the empty space. 

When he sits down with his apple juice, he raises an eyebrow. And Hyungwon and you both reach out for his hands after puts his glass down. You say, “You’re our missing last piece.” He gives you three a faint smile as he links your hands. Hoseok adds, “Yeah, I think college would have been better with you.” And Hyungwon says, “We’ve missed you.” Changkyun’s tears fall as he says, “I’ve missed you guys so much. I know we’ve held and talked to each other about it. But I feel so much better with you guys at my side.” You nod and use the sleeve on your shoulder to wipe your tears. You look up and whisper, “I can’t believe you two will leave in three days.” Which causes the rest of them to groan, “It’s unfair.” Hoseok whispers, “We have each other now, and that’s what matters.” Changkyun nods, "I’m never letting go.” You all echo his sentiment and stay like that for a while. 

It’s real. You’re back together again. Maybe not for as long as you’d like, but after a long separation, it means more than words could express. And at that moment, you four agree to see each other at least once every month. Even if it was only for an hour: that would be enough. When you guys finally recoup and let go of each other’s hands. You drink your refreshments in peace. 

Hyungwon looks at the weather, “Do you guys want to go bowling later?” Changkyun nods, “Yeah! We haven’t done that in forever.” You and Hoseok agree too. Which causes you to ask, “Who wants ramen for breakfast?” The three of them cheer, “Me!” The four of you laugh as everyone helps out. Changkyun and Hyungwon set the table, and Hoseok and you make a big pot of ramen. 

Once the two of you finish up the ramen, Hoseok sets the pot on the trivet, and you all serve yourselves. Hyungwon says, “Your mom still makes the best ramen, but your guys' is a close second.” Changkyun hums in agreement, and you both thank them. And you tell them, “Can’t outdo the queen.” And Hoseok nods as he eats his food. You grab some more, and Changkyun asks, “Are there any shops you want to go to?” After Hoseok finishes his next bite, he says, “You know that record store across from the coffee shop you two met again at?” You shake your head, “I’ve never been.” And the other two agree, and he tsks, “And you people say you like music.” You all roll your eyes at that as you scrape your bowl. “Won, you remember that Silk Sonic record I got for you?” He hums, and Hoseok says, “That’s where I got it from.” He lets out an ‘oh’ as he grabs more ramen from the pot. You shrug, “That sounds fun. What about you, Won?” He thinks for a moment, “The film developing store.” You smile, “You took photos?” He nods, “You weren’t. So I stepped up.” You laugh and Changkyun goes, “(N/n)?” You shrug, and you ask him, and he shrugs back. You both laugh at having the same answer. You finish your bowl before getting up to change. 

Once you’re all set, you and Changkyun play rock paper scissors to see who’ll drive. And you win! So, you all hop into your car, and Hoseok directs you to the record store. You park in the lot across from the coffee shop, and you all head in. The worker greets you, and you split up as if you four were looking for clues. You weren’t interested in the albums, having enough under your bed collecting dust. In the back of the store, you find shelves full of cassettes. They were more compact and easier to play on the go. While not as convenient as CDs, they were portable. Unlike the vinyls, the other three were digging through.

It isn’t long before you’re sitting in front of the shelving unit. Shortly after sitting, you find one that catches your eye. An old artist that your parents would always play. You check out the cover art and see a few tracks you know. You put it beside you before looking at the rest of the shelves. You dig through the fifty-cent bin. And find another one you'd like so you put it into your pile. Hoseok waves to you as he heads upstairs to where the more prolific vinyls are, and you continue your search. You've added a few more to your pile. As you continue to look, you realize you've worn out the shelves of artists you like. But continue looking in case you passed over one you might want. You come up empty as you hear someone clear their throat and look up to see Changkyun. He bends down and asks, “Do you want to get a pastry with me while they look for vinyls?” You smile, “You read my mind.” You grab his hand, and he helps you up. You pick your tapes up off the floor as you show him your finds. He shows you the two vinyls he found. You pay for your items. And you both check to see if they would catch you two sneaking out. With Hoseok upstairs and Hyungwon lost in his own world listening to an album on the record player. You were free to sneak off.

And as soon as you’re out of the store, you’re giggling like two teenagers sneaking out to see each other. You walk across the street together, and you both get a pastry and before you can pay, he already has. You go to object about it, and he winks, which makes butterflies erupt in a storm in your stomach. So, you let it slide, and unlike the last time you were here, you felt like you were on a date. And your heart gets all giddy at the thought, but your brain quickly rationalizes it. Once the barista serves them up, you sit at a table across from each other. You ask, “Can I have some of yours for some of mine?” He nods, and you split your pastries down the middle before exchanging them. 

You whisper to him, “I feel like a teenager sneaking out of my parent's house to be with you.” He whispers, “I feel the same way.” You both blush as you eat your desserts. At the idea he might like you too, you go to speak up, “I think-” Just to get cut off by Hyungwon, “I had a feeling we’d find you two here.” You sigh. Of course, the interruptions would find you. You shoot them a glare as they scoot you both into the booth. Hoseok pouts, “Thanks for the invitation, meanies! You could have asked if we wanted pastries too!” You both roll your eyes and watch as they cut your delicious pastries into fourths. You mutter, “You’re lucky we’ve been sharing since preschool,” Hyungwon smirks, “Or what?” He whispers to you, “Your boyfriend would get me~?” You twitch and kick him underneath the table. And see Hoseok and him both wince at the same time. You two laugh at their reactions. You don’t know what brought him to hit Hoseok, just like he doesn’t know why you kicked Hyungwon. And Hoseok goes, “I see we’re wanted here.” Changkyun rolls his eyes, “Yeah, you’re wanted, alright… Just not for the right reasons, Hoho.” You snicker, and Hyungwon laughs, “The same goes for you, pretty boy.” He immediately pouts, “You make the term pretty boy sound mean.” You smirk, “It was my intention.” Which causes him to pout even more, and you both apologize to them before finishing up your halved treats. 

Out the door, Hyungwon points to the film-developing store he was talking about, and you follow him in. He asks if he can send more in over the next few days, and the shopkeeper agrees. And Won gives him the film he has on him now. With a pickup for all his photos two hours before the flight takes off, you all head back to your car. Hoseok points out, “It’s 1 pm.” You smile, “Time flies when you’re having fun.” He nods, and you guys are off to the bowling alley when Changkyun spots a food vendor. And asks, “You guys still like cheese-filled bread?” Everyone cheers, “Hell yeah!” And you immediately pull over, and he hops out of the car and waits in line. You whine, “I haven’t had cheese-filled bread in so long.” Hyungwon groans, “It sounds so good.” You nod, and Changkyun bounds back with the treats in his hand. And Hoseok goes, “Last time we had this kind of bread, it was when we were kids visiting the city.” Changkyun gasps, “Oh my god, that was the day we lost our tour guide! And we wandered around the city because we knew where the bus was!” You laugh, “That was probably very dangerous for us to do,” Hyungwon shrugs, “We were kids. How were we supposed to know it was dangerous to leave the tour guide?” Changkyun laughs, “It's almost like our teachers told us never to stray too far behind our guides.” You shake your head, “Nah, we weren’t listening to that. We were too busy lollygagging and talking about, what was it?” Hoseok smiles as if it was yesterday once more, “Bunnies.” 

After taking your first bite of cheese bread, you check the traffic and pull onto the road. Hyungwon asks, “Weren't you obsessed with those for a month?” He nods, “I still like ‘em.” Changkyun says, “How did we make it to the bus without them noticing we were gone?” You go, “Oh, that’s easy. We saw the kids starting to line up. And because kids aren’t good at lining up in a straight line, we snuck into the middle.” Hoseok goes, “Cheese bread and bunnies are still worth getting sidetracked for.” You all agree, and at the red light, you concentrate on trying to eat the treat. And you finish it by the time you’re stopping at the next red light, and Kyun takes your wrapper away. You smile at him, “Is it two more streets before the bowling alley?” Hyungwon goes, “One, you took the shortcut.” You nod, “Oh, okay.” Changkyun goes, “Didn’t you work at the alley?” He nods, “Best winter of my life.” 

On the next light, you turn and see the bowling ball and pin signage and pull in. You park close to the door and ask, “Do you still have a custom ball?” He nods, “Yeah, I believe Michelle kept it the back for me 'cause she knew I wouldn’t need it while traveling the world.” He smiles as he opens the door for the three of you to enter. You walk in, and he goes, “Smells just like I remember, polishing cream and varnish.” He walks in front of you, and a little lady greets the four of you. She gasps when she sees Hyungwon, “I never thought you’d come back in!” He grins, “Hi, Shelly!” She tells him to give her a moment before she goes into the back and pulls out a red and black ball. “Your thirteen-pounder!” Engraved above the finger holes is “Won-won.” And you three giggle, “I haven’t seen you two in a long while.” She says as she points at Hoseok and you. She points at Changkyun and asks, “And who are you?” “I’m Changkyun.” She smiles, “I’ve heard a lot about you.” Hyungwon smiles, “You still remember those conversations?” She laughs with a nod, “I may be old, but I’m not that old.” 

She smiles and asks Kyun, “What’s your shoe size, dear? I already know these kids’ sizes.” He tells her, and she pulls out all four pairs. “Lane 7 work?” You all nod, and she smiles, “Alright, have fun, kids.” She sends you four off, and once you reach the lanes, the three of you look for your balls. And Hyungwon puts in everyone’s nicknames; Won-won, Bunny, Kitty, and Gator. You return with a green ball; you pout as you place your ball into the rack, “I’m going last… But at least the nickname is fair.” He grins, “You’re always our gator.” Changkyun goes, “Kitty?” He nods, “Not enough room for Butterfly or Polar Bear, so I went for some school nicknames.” He shrugs, “Okay, fine.” He puts his purple ball into the rack, and Hoseok shows off his pink pearled one as he returns. “I’m Bunny!” He cheers, the only one enthused by his name and placement on the board. 

Hyungwon bowls first, and with little effort, he gets a strike. And leaves the rest of you gawking, and he smirks, “You three are going to catch flies.” Changkyun mutters, “Way to show us up.” Hyungwon goes, “Want to repeat that to the class?” He coughs, ‘fucker’ and Hoseok does well with a spare as Hyungwon finishes gloating. Changkyun tries to spare his 7-10 split but only knocks one down and comes back pouting. It’s been a while since you’ve bowled, but you don’t do too bad. And without much effort, you're able to spare it.

Unsurprisingly, Hyungwon wins the first round. You barely beat Changkyun by a point with Hoseok in second. Knowing you'd play last, you get everyone a pop before sitting back down. Changkyun started sulking since he lost. You smile at him, and under the table, you squeeze his hand, “It’s okay.” He nods and gets up for his turn as you crack open your pop. And he strikes, and you all cheer for him, his first strike in twelve rounds. You all high-five him. And on your bowl, you get another spare. You’re happy with it, and Hyungwon continues striking you three out. Hoseok whispers while he’s up, “He wasn't this good when we'd bowl with him when he first started here.” You shake your head and whisper, “He probably watched pro bowlers and got tips from them.” Changkyun sighs, “Man’s gifted at nearly everything.” You both laugh, and Hyungwon returns after a spare, “I learned from Shelly.” You all, ‘ooh,’ and he smiles, “She’s been playing since she was five. She played in pro leagues until she opened her own bowling alley.” You ask, “You loved working here, didn’t you?” He nods with a fond smile, “Yeah.” 

You guys play a few rounds, and the results stay relatively the same with you and Hoseok switching between who's second and third every other game. It isn’t until a few rounds later that Changkyun pulls off an impossible feat. After some pointers from Shelly and Hyungwon: he comes in second. You all cheer, gather around him and lift him up. He immediately whines, “I’m not in first place, though!” And you three laugh, “Second is the best!” He shrugs before joining in with you guys, and Shelly calls from the back, “You did well, kid!” Hyungwon goes, “See, even Shelly agrees!” He grins before asking, “Can you put me down now?” You all nod and set him down, and ruffle his hair. 

You guys eat some fries before playing another round. Changkyun asks, “Why do bowling alley fries always taste better?” Hoseok shrugs, “Same reason food tastes better when eating with friends.” That answer satisfies the three of you, and you finish up your fries before playing another round. Hoseok beats Changkyun by a point, making him come in second and you in last. Which causes him to pout, and the three of you coo, “It’s okay. You did well, baby.” He nods, and you all hug him, and Hyungwon waits for his turn, the victory hug. You pull him in and cheer for him before deciding you're tired of bowling. After changing back to your shoes, you put your balls away, and Hyungwon hands his ball off to Shelly. You return your shoes, and she thanks you for the entertainment and charges you half of what you paid. Hyungwon doesn’t accept that and has her take the other half as money for a good meal out on the weekend. She smiles at him and thanks him as she pockets it. 

When you start driving back, it’s 10 pm, and Changkyun hooks his phone up to your radio and plays an old playlist. One that the three of you instantly recognize and start singing along to, and when pauses to transfer to the next song. Hoseok goes, “I haven’t heard this playlist in forever!” It was the playlist he made for the four of you. So you could enter high school with a soundtrack for your next four years together. Of course, it didn’t play out like that, but it was still well-intentioned. You roll down the windows, and Changkyun turns up the volume. And the four of you sing along to it loudly, even at red lights next to other cars. It felt so right as if the playlist had come full circle. The four of you scream, “If it makes you happy, it can’t be that bad!” Laughing as you pass through another green light. 

When you pull into the parking lot, you’re down to the last two songs on the playlist. You roll up the windows, turn off the car, and turn to face each other. And sing the songs softly, and as the last note rings out, you all unbuckle and get out. Changkyun says, “It’s come full circle now.” You all agree and head up to the apartment. It isn’t until you enter the living room that you feel the tiredness seep into your bones. Hoseok lets out the first yawn, and the rest of you follow. You lose the race to the bathroom and end up in third place, with you and Hoseok waiting for the other two to finish. You tell Hoho it’s sparkling clean for him on the way out, “Thanks for not stinking it up.” You roll your eyes, “How was a shower supposed to stink up the house?” He shrugs, “That’s not for me to know.” You laugh and shake your head at him before knocking on the door to Kyun’s room. 

He tells you to come in, and you yawn as you enter, stretching your arms out from you. “I’ve never been happier to see a bed in my life.” He laughs, “Really?” You yawn, “I’m so tired.” He smiles, “Too tired to talk?” You shake your head, 'no,' he smiles, “Cool.” And you crawl in after he moves over to his side. “What do you want to talk about?” He smiles, “I just wanted to thank you for encouraging me earlier.” You smile, “That was nothing, plus you did all the work.” He shrugs, “I suppose.” You move down until your head hits the pillow, “Thanks for getting me out of there. I was so bored looking at the cassettes I already looked over. I didn’t know how much longer I could feign interest.” He laughs, “That would have interested me when I was younger, but I own the music I want to hear on my phone already.” You laugh, “Right!?” He grins, “The physical media is nice, but as you said, I could only feign interest for so long. I’m so glad you were ready to leave too.” You laugh, “Your blueberry pastry was good, of course, what I got to eat of it.” He laughs, “Your strawberry tart was good too. Even if I only had a bite of it.” You shake your head, “They’re despicable.” He nods, “And they’re our best friends.” You grin, “Yeah, they are.” He smiles, and for some reason, when you turn to look him in his eyes. You can’t look away. 

When you do, you shift your eyes to the light and notice it’s still on, “Good night.” You say as you flick it off, and he says it back. In the dim moonlight, he asks, “Do you ever wonder if we lie past the line of best friends?” You look back in his direction at his question, “Yeah, but I don’t think there’s a perfect descriptor to explain it.” He nods, “When I figure out what that is, I’ll let you know.” You smile and agree, and he smiles back. And with that, you fall asleep facing each other. 

You wake up just before Changkyun, thinking about what you had talked about last night. If you were right, he meant what you thought. You guys have always laid past that. The lines between you have always been blurred. Always taking care of each other in ways you wouldn’t take care of Hoseok and Hyungwon. But did that mean he liked you the way you liked him? Or if it was just that? You’d always lay past the bounds of what being best friends meant, but never be anything more? You sigh and shake your head at that last thought, wanting to be hopeful. Changkyun wakes up with a yawn. “Good morning.” He says all groggily, and your heart skips a beat. Maybe you wished that what Hyungwon said yesterday was true, that he was your boyfriend. But what you feel for Kyun is more distinguished than that. You weren’t just seeing him to see if he worked out for you. You knew he was made for you as you were made for him: the perfect pair. You tell him, “Good morning.” As you stretch out, the word you were both looking for lays on the tip of your tongue. Just before you can say it, the door opens to reveal Hyungwon.

It leaves you as fast as Hyungwon sits at the foot of the bed. “Hoseok is talking to Kihyun and Minhyuk. I think Jooheon is on the line too? I don’t know. They’re being too loud for the morning. So, I came in here for some peace and quiet.” You both laugh. And you ask, “What are they on about?” And he goes, “I think they’re arranging dinner plans.” He lays back on the bed, and Changkyun pouts, “Without us?” He shakes his head, “Oh no, we’re definitely included.” You blink, “Uh, but I don’t even know Minhyuk and Kihyun that well.” Changkyun pats your shoulder, “It’s okay.” You nod, and Hyungwon says, “They told us they liked your first impression, and plus you’re one of us. That's good enough for them.” You give him a look, “I don’t think that’s how that works.” Hyungwon shrugs, “Friendship is weird.” You both shrug at that, knowing he was right since you were living testimonies to that statement. He continues, “Just because you like their music or liked them doesn’t mean you can’t be friends.” You nod, and he goes, “Can I rest now?” You both laugh and nod at him. 

Hoseok comes in thirty minutes later to find Hyungwon napping at the end of Changkyun's bed. And to you and Kyun sitting close together watching a video on your phone. He tilts his head as he asks, “Good morning?” The three of you look over towards him, “Morning.” He has you scoot in closer to Kyun as he sits beside you. “Kihyun called.” The three of you nod, “We heard.” He continues, “Minhyuk was in the same room, and they added Jooheon to the call. I guess Jooheon is our friend, too, now?” Hyungwon goes, “He’s our friend like Min and Ki are (N/n)’s.” He nods, “Yeah, that’s a good way to describe it.” Changkyun asks, “So, dinner?” He smiles, “Yeah, they want us to meet up at Son’s. If that’s okay? Hyunwoo isn’t working. So, he’ll be able to join us too.” Hyungwon smiles, “Like one big happy family, then?” He nods, and Changkyun looks at you, asking if that’s okay, and you nod. Kyun speaks for the two of you, “Okay, we’re in.” 

Hoseok gets up and holds his hand out to you, which you gladly accept, and he pulls you out of bed. Hyungwon groans as he gets pulled up by Hoseok. He offers his hand to Changkyun after he scoots closer. Once you’re all up, Hyungwon asks, “Do you guys have pop-tarts?” You nod, “I always keep ramen and pop-tarts in our pantry.” You follow them down the hall and pull out the variety box, “What flavor?” Kyun asks for blueberry, Won wants Cherry, and Hoho asks for Strawberry, and you pull out yours. Thankfully, you have a 4-slice toaster. So, you can make two packs at a time. 

Once they're finished you join the other three at the table. And slump into your chair and sigh, “It’s nice to be back in this chair.” The three smile, already knowing the reason. You eat your pop-tarts, and Changkyun asks, “What do you want to do in the meantime?” Hoseok goes, “Laze around?” Hyungwon lets out a yawn, “Sweet.” You agree that sounds perfect, and Hoseok puts the plates in the sink. You look over at Changkyun and look towards the sink, and he nods. While the two head to the living room to find something to watch, you clean the dishes together. As you put the plugs in, you say, “It’s surprising how many dishes we can go through even though we haven’t really been here all week.” He laughs as he fills up the sink with soapy water and agrees. 

You fill your sink with rinse water, and he hands you the soapy dishes, and you run them through the rinse water. And put them on the rack. Changkyun places his hands in his water, and soap flies up at you both, causing you two to splutter. You flick off the bubbles onto him, and he squints but shakes his head before handing you the next clean dish. You didn’t intend to splash him when you put the bowl into the water, but you did. “Oh, it’s on!” And he splashes you with his soapy water, and you spray him back with your water. 

You two childishly splash water at each other until you're both soaked. You sigh as you peel your shirt away from your skin. And notice Kyun doing the same thing. You laugh at each other before finishing up the dishes and draining the sinks. You leave them to dry as you drip water onto the floor. You pass through the living room. They both chuckle, and Hoseok goes, “Did you guys go through a tidal wave?” And you both point at each other and cry, “They started it!!” Which causes the two to laugh even harder as you both change in your separate rooms. 

With new shirts on, you join the two in the living room. Changkyun asks, “What are you watching?” Hyungwon shrugs, “I haven’t been watching.” And Hoseok goes, “I think it’s a cowboy show? But I haven’t figured it out. There is so much going on that I haven't caught on to it.” You nod as you both sit in between them. It’s the space bounty hunter cowboys, and you recognize it immediately, “It’s Cowboy Bebop!” Changkyun nods, “We watched this together.” Hyungwon raises an eyebrow, “When?” You smile, “Remember when you both went to the 8th-grade dance without us?” Hoseok nods at that, and Hyungwon raises an eyebrow, “You mean the one you two didn’t want to go to?” You shrug, “Tomayto, tomahto.” He shakes his head, “Whatever. Anyway?” Changkyun smiles, “I had rented the series, and since (N/n) was into anime then, I asked if they wanted to watch it with me.” You smile, “Yeah, we stayed up til one in the morning watching it.” Hoseok coos, “That’s so cute. But we liked anime then too!” You squint, “Would you have really missed a night of dancing?” Both of them shake their heads, and Changkyun goes, “See.” The two of you settle into watching the fourth episode, and the other two go back to their phones. 

The episode ends, and it starts playing a different series. So, you change the channel to something you can all watch: a museum mystery show. Hyungwon asks, “Is it really a mystery when the plague in front of the 'mysterious' object tells you all about it?” You laugh, “Do you really want to read that instead?” He shrugs, “You have me there.” It plays for another two episodes before Hoseok goes, “We should get ready to see them.” You all agree. You wait your turn to change after getting your clothes out of your room. Hoseok is taking longer than usual. You sigh as you wait by the door, and Changkyun comes out dressed nicely. “You wanna change in my room?” You nod, and he leaves you to sit on the couch. It feels different to change in his room. It felt as though you were more exposed than you were. Maybe it was because of the angle of the mirror? No, you shake your head, it was because you were changing in his room. And even though he wasn’t in there, it felt like a rather intimate act. 

You quickly change, shake the feeling away and throw your clothes into the hamper. You find Changkyun playing on his phone. And you sit down next to him, pulling out your phone. He looks over at you, “You look nice.” You give him a small smile as you compliment him back. “Nervous?” You nod a little, “I’m okay. I know they’re real people. But uh it feels unreal to believe I’d be sitting and eating with them.” He nods, “Yeah, I can understand.” He pats your thigh, “It’s going to be okay, though. I’ll sit beside you the whole time.” You smile, “Thanks.” He nods and pulls his hand away to type. Hoseok comes to join you guys next, “He’s still changing?” You both go 'uh-huh,' and he says, “He acts like he’s getting ready for a hot date.” You laugh, “Maybe he is~” Which makes them both laugh. “You guys are mean. Can’t someone look nice?” The three of you shrug as he exits your room, “If you’re wondering, I couldn’t find this shirt and dug through my suitcase three times just to find it on top.” You laugh, and he rolls his eyes. Kyun asks, “Did you have your contacts in?” He sighs, “That’s what I was forgetting.” He goes back into your room and comes back out shortly after. Hoseok asks, “See better?” He nods, and when you all get up, Changkyun asks, “You guys ready for the walkover?” You all agree, and Hoseok says, “I didn’t know Hyunwoo’s restaurant was so close!” 

Changkyun smiles, “When Jooheon and I bought Honeycat and started working inside it. We’d come here all the time. He asked us about our building, and we showed him around, and then he told us he sang a bit. And from there, it’s been history.” You all smile, and he grins as you pass the label out strolls Jooheon. You guys stop to greet him, “Good to see you guys!” And you all cheer, “Nice to see you again!” He grins, “I was just telling them about Son’s.” Jooheon goes, “Did you know it’s his family’s restaurant? It goes back several generations. He’s just running it for now. Until his cousins return from their long honeymoon.” Hyungwon, Hoseok, and you shake your heads, ‘no,’ and he smiles, “He’s the best for a reason.” You all hum in agreement and continue over to the restaurant. 

You fall behind as you realize you’re about to see people you used to dream of. Changkyun notices your absence and slips back, and you muster the best smile you can. He goes, “You’re alright. They’re not going to bite.” You look at him, “You sure?” He nods and gives you a hug which you gratefully accept. It eases your nerves a bit before you both catch up to the other three and before they can notice you’re both gone. The three waiting for the five of you are already sitting down. They wave and get up from their chairs to let you all file in. You gulp, and before you can choose where you’re sitting. Hyungwon puts you between him and Changkyun, with Minhyuk on his side. You let out a breath as you look at the table. Hyunwoo is across from Changkyun, next to Jooheon, and across from Minhyuk is Hoseok, leaving you sitting in front of Kihyun. He gives you a big friendly smile which you do your best to reciprocate. 

The table is split pretty evenly between those who have menus in their hands and those who don’t. You wait for someone to speak up after figuring out what you want. And Minhyuk starts the conversation up, “What's everyone eating?” After Hyunwoo and Kihyun give their answers, so do you, and everyone else follows. And before you know it, you’re in a conversation about what food is best and where with Kihyun and Hyunwoo. It was wild to think a few days ago that you never dreamed of even knowing him past a passing glance or two. And now here you were, conversing with him. You expected to have conversations with Hyunwoo, Jooheon, and your best friends. You didn't expect the same with Minhyuk and Kihyun. And now you are, and it feels nice. A few minutes pass before one of Hyunwoo’s coworkers comes over and asks, “Joo, Woo, Kyun; same thing?” They nod, and then they turn to ask each of you. You all pass your menus to the waiter, and they thank you before heading to the kitchen.

Changkyun is talking with Jooheon and Hyunwoo when Kihyun asks, “What got you into financing?” You smile, “A few things; when I was younger, I always said I was going to be Hoseok's and Hyungwon's acting manager. And then our dreams changed, and I was the only one good at math in the bunch. Don’t get me wrong. They passed their classes. But they didn't get A's without my help.” He laughs, “And lastly, I really like working with numbers. It just makes so much sense to me. What made you want to become an idol?” He smiles, “I always loved singing when I was younger. My brother did too, he was unsuccessful, so my parents worried I would be too. It dampened my outlook, but I always participated in choir. And when I met Minhyuk, we ran after our dreams together.” He looks at him and smiles, “I’m glad I met him.” You look at each of your best friends, “Yeah, I know what you mean.” 

The waiter brings your drinks out, and Jooheon gets up and cheers the eight of you, “To our future endeavors! And to our friendships, new and old; may they last forever.” You all clink your glasses together before taking a sip. It’s not long before your guy's food arrives. You look over at Changkyun to find him looking at you. He gives you an ‘I told you so’ type of look, and you smile at him, grateful for his comfort leading up to this night. You guys dig into your food, and you feel content. As Hyungwon said, having good food with friends makes the food more delicious. Hyunwoo asks you about pets you’ve had. And you happily tell him all about them and ask him about the pets he’s taken care of, which leads to Jooheon talking about the various animals he has kept. Which causes the rest of them to share their pets and experiences with animals too.

After you finish your meal, you watch everyone talking animatedly. And it brings joy to your heart. Hyungwon signals to you he's going to the restroom. And when he gets up, Minhyuk scoots over. “I haven’t got to have a proper conversation with you all night!” You laugh, and he asks, “Who was the worst boss you've ever had?” Of all the questions he could ask, you didn’t expect that one. But you give it some thought, “His name was Mr. McGee. I got the job after graduating high school at this ice cream shop. It was summer, right?” He nods, and thinking back on it makes you groan, “On Saturdays, one of the busiest days of summer. I’d be scheduled alone for the first two hours we were open. And since we opened at 3 pm, everyone was getting out of sports by four. I was struggling. And if I had ‘the audacity’ to request someone else to work with me. He’d have a conniption fit! Needless to say, I worked like three weekends before quitting and finding something else.” He laughs, “Damn, he sounded awful!” And you ask him, and he tells you, “I only worked two jobs before this one. But the first one, I quit pretty fast like you. I worked for Mrs. Robinson. She had me doing four jobs; delivering, serving, cooking, and counting money. But she only paid me for delivering! After a month, I quit without even a notice.” You gasp, “That’s rotten! I would have quit sooner!” 

He nods, “She wasn't as bad as Kihyun’s old boss, though.” Kihyun, hearing his name, looks up before he realizes what he uttered afterward. Which causes him to let out a groan, “Mr. Park!” You laugh, and he tells you how he ran ragged from getting this man's coffee and doing his paperwork. And after every time, he finished his last task instead of a thank you. Mr. Park would ask, “Can you do this for me, Mr. Yoo?” “Yes, sir. Right away, sir!” He sighs, “I was so good for the promotion, and for what? Just for me to get no thanks, no promotion, and measly paychecks?! Oh, that was awful.” You look at Jooheon and Changkyun before saying, “We have the best jobs in the world now, thanks to them.” The two look over and grin. And Jooheon goes, “Without you guys, we wouldn’t have a company to run.” You all smile, and Hyungwon coughs, “My chair, Minnie.” 

He pouts, “I was just getting to the fun part.” “Yeah, and I was just to the good part of my food.” Minhyuk rolls his eyes before moving back and letting Hyungwon have his seat back. Behind his back, you say, “We can always talk later!” He grins, and you both stick your tongue out at Hyungwon, which causes the rest of the table to laugh. Hyungwon squints at the two of you, “You guys are so nice to me.” And both of you mock him, causing you both to laugh. He rolls his eyes, and you find yourself talking with the three of them after Hyungwon finishes the 'best part' of his meal. 

You’re not sure how long you’ve spent in the restaurant, but your guy’s conversation never dies down. You only pause when one of his coworkers comes over, “Hyunwoo, you can lock it up, right?” And he nods, and you hear the door close for the last time. You continue talking about everything together. It feels like you’ve known them all for years rather than only knowing three of them for that long. It isn’t until Jooheon yawns that Hyunwoo says, “Maybe we should all head home. And try to meet up again? Of course, when we’re all in town.” You all agree before tidying up. While waiting for Hyunwoo to lock up, you guys start another conversation. The eight of you walk out of the restaurant laughing. You start saying your goodbyes and exchange phone numbers with Hyunwoo, Minhyuk, and Kihyun. All of you promising to keep in contact. “See you guys later!” Jooheon and Hyunwoo leave first after exchanging their number with Hyungwon and Hoseok. The five of you have one last conversation before both Minhyuk and Kihyun have to leave.

You walk home all giddy with your best friends. “So, do you feel comfortable with your idols?” You smile, “I can’t believe we’re friends now.” They ruffle your hair, “We always knew you would be!” You all laugh and make your way back up to the apartment. Changkyun asks, “You guys want some ice cream and cake?” You all cheer, and he goes to the freezer and serves up the ice cream onto the plates you grabbed. And Hoseok cuts up the cake that Hyungwon serves. 

As you eat, you realize the flowers in your heart are in full bloom, and you can see their colors. You felt healed in ways you couldn’t explain, but you could feel it to the nth degree as you laughed at Hyungwon. Who was growing tired by the moment with each bite he ate. He misses his mouth, which causes him to blink back awake. Hoseok wasn’t fairing much better as he leaned on his elbow, drooping to sleep with every other bite. You finish your ice cream to see Changkyun blinking back sleep. You don’t know why you feel so awake. Usually, after being around people you didn’t know, it would tire you out. But you feel energized, unlike your friends, who are about to pass out. You ‘ahem’ and everyone blinks their eyes open, “Finish your last bite and go to bed.” They nod tiredly, and you clean up after them. As they all drag themselves to bed, you look out the window. 

The sky is littered with thousands of stars, and the city is sparkling like a million suns. You look up and whisper a few thanks for how your friends came back. About all the friends you made, for the new job, and for the new life you got. It’s rare someone gets the opportunity to start anew, but you did. You continue watching the cars fly by, and the planes take off from the airport. You sigh in contentment; the ashes became the perfect fertilizer for your flowers. 

You must have stayed there for an hour watching the world turn. When you feel a blanket wrap around you, you finally feel tired. Changkyun asks, “What are you looking at?” You smile as you look over at him, “Everything and nothing at all.” He nods and looks out at it himself as you hold the blanket around you. “It’s pretty, you know?” You agree, “It is.” You stay like that for a while before he asks, “Are you ready to come to bed?” You give him a nod, and you both walk carefully in your shared blanket to his room. “Do you need to change?” You nod, and he heads to his drawers, “So you don’t have to wake them up.” You smile, thank him, and drag yourself to the bathroom. 

You hold his clothes in your hands, and it dawns on you that he gave you his clothes to wear to bed. While it meant nothing, it meant everything to your heart, just like looking out at the city. You change into his clothes and smile as you look in the mirror before doing the rest of your nightly routine. You come back and see him tiredly waiting for you to come in. He holds his arms open, and you tilt your head, “Come on, I’m tired and need my sleeping buddy.” You laugh, and without another word, you slip under the covers and into his arms. Sleep takes you at that moment. Yeah, the lines were blurred a long time ago, but you’ve both just come to accept them. 

You wake up to the sounds of two people snickering. But you don’t open your eyes as you hear Changkyun softly telling the two off. You can’t tell what they’re saying, but you know it probably has to do something with you lying in his arms. But you keep your eyes closed, hoping they'd grow quiet so you could go back to bed. Sleep doesn’t take you back, just as they don’t stop whispering. You sigh and open your eyes. “What are the three of you talking about?” You see Changkyun smiling at you, “Nothing in particular.” You sigh, “Could you have had this ‘nothing in particular’ conversation in the other room?” You hear Hoseok laugh, “Maybe, but it wouldn’t have been as fun as it is now.” Changkyun gives him a pointed look, and you shake your head, “Whatever.” 

You relish in Changkyun’s warmth for a little longer before you get up. You slip out of bed and look at the clock noticing the date, “Oh,... It’s our last full day together.” They nod, “Yeah, that’s why we were trying to wake you guys up.” You hear him grumble, “It worked,” from behind you, and you can’t help but laugh. You follow the two out, “Ooh~ You’re wearing his clothes. Did something happen?” You glare, not in the mood for their antics so early in the morning, “Yeah, you guys went to sleep too early for me to grab clothes from my room to change into.” Hoseok puts his hands up in defense, and you roll your eyes as Hyungwon goes, “If you say so.” With a shake of your head, you go to your room and change in there for once. 

You sigh and regain your ability to think as you head out of your room, “You wanna get coffee at the coffee shop?” You smile, that's something you can do so early in the morning. You nod, and the three of you head to Changkyun’s car since you drove you guys last. And listen to the three converse, too tired to engage with them. Maybe you shouldn’t have stayed up that late. But it felt so peaceful that you couldn’t pass up that moment of solitude. When you finally get your coffee and have your first bite of pastry. You finally feel your actions catch up to your mind. Changkyun sits diagonally across from you, and you lay your head on Hyungwon as you cover your mouth to yawn. He mouths, “Tired?” you nod, and Hoseok says, “You stayed up later than usual.” You raise your eyebrow, waiting for him to elaborate, “We got home at one am. You stayed up till three.” You go, “Oh.” And the three nod, and you finish your pastry and order another coffee. 

“Thanks for getting me last night.” He shrugs, “It’s no problem. It didn’t feel right without you.” You don’t see the eyebrows raise at that as you smile at him. You’re halfway through your second coffee when Hyungwon goes, “I’m going to drop off the last of the film. Just remind me to pick it up tomorrow morning.” You all nod at him as he gets up and heads to the photography store. Changkyun and Hoseok continue the conversation they were having once he leaves. And you readjust in your seat as you feel awake. “So, what are we talking about?” Hoseok smiles, “How long it would be for Hyungwon to return.” You nod, satisfied with that answer even though you had a feeling that wasn’t it. As you scroll through your phone, you hear the word. “Love,” and it clicks. That’s the word you were searching for! You don’t say anything, but you keep it in mind. Butterflies swarm in your stomach as you realize you're in love with Changkyun. And while you knew it, now you knew he loved you back once you put all the context clues together. You hide your smile as you continue to scroll through your phone. 

Hyungwon comes back, “What did I miss?” You shrug, and the two answer for you, “Nothing.” And he asks, “What do you guys wanna do today?” You smile and ask, “You guys want to look through old photo albums?” They nod, and Changkyun goes, “Breadsticks, takeout, and beer?” You agree, and Hyungwon adds, “Take out from a seafood place?” You all agree, and Hoseok says, “And a few rounds of cards?” You all nod, and Changkyun takes the three of you back home. Hyungwon places a scheduled delivery from a seafood place you all like. You pull out the breadsticks and get the oven ready. As you put them on a tray, Hoseok gasps, “Oh my god, you bought breadsticks that look like Lolo’s?” You nod and go, “I hope they taste as good!” 

While those bake, you go to your room and find your childhood photo album. Hyungwon grabs his college and travel photos. Hoseok finds his small traveler album. And Changkyun comes back with his solo adventures. You all pile them onto the living room ottoman and go, “Let’s look at the ones where we are all together first.” They all agree, and the oven dings. Hoseok pulls out the breadsticks, puts them on a plate, and brings them over. You thank him, and Hyungwon goes, “These look like one’s we’d order from Lolo’s!” You all nod as you each grab one and try it, and Hoseok continues, “They taste just as good too!” You all hum in agreement, and Changkyun opens up the album. You munch on the breadsticks as you look through the photo album, cooing at everyone’s kindergarten photos. Hoseok taps excitedly on the page, “This is the first day we all hung out!” You nod and flip the page revealing more from that day, “Hyungwon’s house was huge!” He nods, “I would get lost in there all the time. Grandpa’s house was confusing as a kid.” Changkyun laughs, “I was so thankful to run into your grandpa after using the restroom. I got lost going back to the living room that day!” You all laugh and continue looking through the pages. 

From school trips to park adventures to beach days. You guys were always together until that last day of summer. You don't know who sniffles first, but you shook with tears as you flipped the book closed. You sit there for a moment and cling to each other. Murmurs of, “It's okay...” “We have each other now” “It's alright...” “We've made it back to each other." When the four of you realize that's in the past, Hyungwon opens his photo album.

Changkyun is the first to speak up, “I didn’t expect you guys to look so sophisticated for your first day.” Hyungwon laughs, “It was our first day. Of course, we looked nice! It's the first impression that counts.” He shakes his head and pulls out his album, “I woke up late the first day, and Joo took a photo of me walking out the door! I look like a frazzled mess!” Hoseok gasps, “We should have never let you go out into this world alone!” You guys finish your breadsticks as he groans, “I looked nicer the second day!” He points to the outfit he has on the second page. Hyungwon shakes his head, “You look like a kid still learning how to dress.” He pouts, and you all coo, “It was nice!” He squints, and you go, “You look like a college kid!” Which makes him pout more, “That did not help.” 

After ruffling his hair, you continue flipping through your college adventures together. “No way you three went to a frat party?!” Hoseok laughs, “We had to carry this one home that night-” They both pointed at you, “No one told me that the punch was spiked! I just thought it was spicy.” Changkyun cackles, “How much did you drink?!” You groan as Hyungwon says, “You’d think a sponge had soaked up that punch.” You sigh, “I was really thirsty. And I couldn’t reach the kitchen because of all the bodies. So that was the next best thing. I didn’t drink alcohol for a month after that.” Changkyun pats your head, “Oh, poor baby.” You pout. And he tells you, “If it makes you feel any better, I puked my guts up after my first-time bar hopping.” You give him a smile and nod, “That helps a bit.” 

You finish your college days with your graduation photos and flip the book closed. And Changkyun continues with his. “We had originally lived in a dingy apartment together. When we finally started making money, we moved out and into the places we live now.” You all nod and listen to him as he shows the photos and all the renovations done to the building. He grins, “This is the day Joo and I opened the label to the public.” He flips to the next page showing a photo of Jooheon, Minhyuk, Kihyun, and him. He smiles, “Ki and Min were the first ones to sign to our label.” Hoseok asks, “How did you manage that?” He grins as he tells the story, “Joo was reaching out to everyone who didn’t have a label that he knew. We were having no luck. And then we got a call from Minhyuk. They were looking for a label that would push them to the next level.” You all nod as he continues, “So the next day, we talked it over... That was it. And soon, everyone wanted to sign with us.” Hyungwon goes, “And now, you guys are what? A multi-million dollar company?” He nods, “Most of it goes to our artists, though.” You agree, “If I were an aspiring artist, I’d be begging to get into Honeycat.” 

You guys move on from his album to Hyungwon’s and Hoseok’s adventures as models. Hoseok smiles, “This was my first shoot with Gucci.” And Hyungwon says, “And this was my first with Dior.” They turn to show you both, “And we posed for Chanel together!” You both nod as they show you various landmarks and forests, along with all the beautiful clothes they got to wear. Changkyun asks, “Didn't you guys both model for W?” They nod, and he cheers, “I own that magazine!” And you all gasp, “You do?” He nods, “I remember being stunned looking at the photo of you two. I picked it up and bought it- hold on!” He rushes to his room and returns with the magazine in his hand. And he shows the image, “I was so happy to see you guys again, even though it wasn’t physical. I was happy to see you guys made it.” They smile as they tease, “You want our signatures~” He shakes his head, “I don’t need that when I have the real deal.” The two wrap him up in a hug, and you smile at them, secretly taking a photo of them. 

You guys finish up their albums, and together you four clean up and go to the dining room to play cards. Hoseok and Changkyun grab snacks to eat while you play card games. You get everyone a beer and sit in your ‘assigned seats’ . Hoseok hands you the deck. After shuffling and debating what game you all were going to play. You start with a classic: Rummy. After an hour, Hoseok wins the first game with a perfect score of five hundred. You guys decide to play another game of Rummy. It takes several rounds, but Changkyun cheers as he wins. Hoseok comes in second, and Hyungwon and you tie for third place. And you whine, “Shouldn’t the scorekeeper be allowed to have fifty-five extra points?” The others laugh and shake their heads at you, “Well, can’t say I didn’t try.” 

Changkyun gets another round of beers, and Hyungwon asks, “Go fish?” You all nod, find the jokers, and put them aside, and he deals out five cards and spreads the rest on the table. You look through your hand and find an ace, a ten, one six, and two fours. You place your match down, and Hoseok lays two matching sixes down. Hoseok asks, “Kyun, do you have any sevens?” and Changkyun hands him his seven. After putting them down on the table. He asks, “(N/n), do you have any queens?” You shake your head and say, “Go fish!” You ask Hyungwon if he has any sixes, and he tells you to go fish, and you pick up another ten. Changkyun asks Hyungwon if he has any fours, and he hands his four over. He asks Hoseok if he has any fives, which he hands over. And then he asks you if you have any nines, and you tell him to go fish. 

Hoseok snickers as he asks, “Kyun, do you have any nines?” Changkyun groans as he hands it over. And then he asks Hyungwon if he has any queens and has to fish for a new card. Hyungwon smirks as he asks, “Kyun, do you have any twos?” He nods and hands it over to him, “I knew it.” He guffaws, “How?!” And he goes, “I saw you pick it up. (N/n), do you have any eights?” You shake your head, and he picks up another card. You put down your pair and ask Hoseok if he has any aces, and he tells you to go fish. Changkyun asks if you have any kings, and you just fished it from the pond. So, you sigh as you hand it to him, and he picks up five more cards. Hyungwon smirks at you when it's his turn again, “(N/n), do you have any aces?” You sigh and hand it over to him, and he asks Kyun if he has any jacks, to which he hands it over. He asks him again for any eights, and Kyun smiles as he can finally say go fish for the first time in a while. 

The game goes for a while, but for the first time all night, you win the game! You cheered as you counted up your eight pairs. Hyungwon came in second with seven, Changkyun was in third with six, and Hoseok ended with five matches. You guys finish another round of go fish when the doorbell rings. The four of you hopped up from your chairs; Hyungwon went and got the food, Hoseok got the plates, and you and Changkyun cleaned up the table. After serving up your meals, you all head to the table. And Changkyun shuffles the deck and splits it between the four of you. Hoseok goes, “Bullshit again?” He nods, “Best game to play while distracted~.” 

You start first, even though you don’t have an ace in your hand. No one ever suspects the first player. In reverse, Hoseok goes next, and you’re too busy eating to notice it’s your turn. “What number?” “Five” You nod and lay down a five. Hoseok goes next, and just before Hyungwon sets down his card, you notice him trying to hold back his grin. “Bullshit.” Hyungwon retracts his hand, and Hoseok flips over the ‘six,’ revealing a ten. You smirk as he looks through the cards. And he goes, “(N/n), lying even in the first round!?” You giggle with a nod, and you continue playing and eating. No one pays attention until the four of you notice the size of the pile. You eat your seafood, hoping no one will call your bullshit out as you lay a jack down and call out, “Queen,” and Hoseok places his card down. None of you are brave enough to call each other out until Hyungwon says the card he was putting down instead of Ace. He calls “four,” and you all giggle, “You mean Ace?” He blinks, “Fuck yeah, that’s an ace, I can assure you.” Changkyun smirks and bites the bullet, “Bullshit.” And he groans and flips over the card revealing the four. 

He picks up at least thirty cards, “Now. I’ll know if you’re lying.” He sorts them real fast between bites. “You guys are the worst… You were all lying to me, and the one time I didn’t lie, that’s when you caught me!?” You all laugh, and Changkyun goes to put down his ‘two,’ and Won says, “You better put that back.” You make eyes towards Kyun and place down your 'three'. “Bullshit.” You gulp, not even thinking about messing with the man with half of the deck, and grab it back up. Hoseok says, “Four,” Hyungwon squints before placing his verified five down. He finally lets you both off the hook. Until it reaches Hoseok again, he tries to place down an ‘eight’ and immediately gets a “Bullshit” call. He flips over his card, revealing a seven, “It was close.” Hyungwon squints, “Uh huh.” 

While Hyungwon is distracted, taking a sip of his beer and placing his card down: the three of you quickly lay your cards down in succession. Hyungwon questions, “Is that a Queen?” “Hell yeah, it is.” He takes the answer and places his card down as Hoseok lets out a sigh of relief. “Do you have any threes?” You nod and secretly switch your card out with his for your next hand. Changkyun holds in his laugh as he catches the two of you doing it. “But that’s clearly bullshit?!” Won whines as he has the monopoly of twos after Hoseok rapidly places his three on top of your ‘two.’ “I believe (N/n) wouldn’t lie. Would you, Kyun?” He shakes his head, and the three of you laugh. 

“I hate all three of you.” You laugh, “Uh-huh, and then you’ll be all over us when it’s time to go home.” He rolls his eyes and puts his card down. He finally gets to put his two down and mellows back out after you pick up the pile after trying to call him out on his lying. Hoseok goes, “I told you he was telling the truth.” You roll your eyes, “Just cause he has twenty cards does not mean he’s telling the truth.” He smirks, “Right you are. Look at your hand.” You gasp and point at him, “You-!?” And he cackles, “I knew calling you three out every other second would make it seem like I was telling the whole truth.” Hoseok groans and throws his cards face down. “You cheater!” Hyungwon cackles even harder, “Don’t hate the player~ Hate the game!” He sits back down, “Meanie- I know this is bullshit, but jeez.” Changkyun just shakes his head at the three of you.

You guys finish your plates and grab the snacks again after Changkyun wins. You all sigh in relief before cleaning up the cards. You ask, “What do you guys say to some old-fashioned video games?” They all nod, and you all pile into the living room. After a few rounds of Mario Kart, various Wii sports games. You are all shocked to find out that Hyungwon sucks at Wii Bowling, “Yeah, but this game doesn’t require skill!” Hoseok shakes his head, “Don’t be a sore loser.” And you laugh as he pouts, and you ruffle his hair. When he gets a strike, he takes a shot of whiskey. Which makes him do a silly little dance, and you all cheer for him with your beer cans. 

None of you wish to go to bed as you continue playing games throughout the night. Even after everyone has yawned more than a few times, you still don’t move from your position on the couch. None of you want the day to end because it would bring tomorrow's afternoon faster. Hoseok yawns and stretches his arms out. And wraps them around Changkyun and you; “What do you guys say to a blanket fort so we can stay together tonight?” You smile, “That sounds perfect!” And you guys drag your mattress into the living room and connect it to the couch’s pullout. You guys work hard putting it all together with blankets strewn all over it and pillows littered throughout it. Satisfied with your handy work, you all giggle and high-five. 

Hoseok whispers, “Last time we made a blanket fort was when we were fourteen.” You nod, and Hyungwon says, “We made cookies and stayed up all night watching anime and eating cookies.” And Changkyun asks, “What do you guys say to cake and ice cream in bed instead?” You all agree and get changed for bedtime. The four of you decide on a movie together before getting your dessert. You guys crawl in carefully, not wanting to have ice cream all over the blankets you just laid down. You sit on the end next to Hoseok, and Changkyun sits between him and Hyungwon. Changkyun unpauses the movie, and you all intently watch it. 

It had to be the perfect way to end your vacation with your best friends. Changkyun finishes his first and puts his plate at the end of the mattress. And the rest of you pile your plates and forks on top of his. Hoseok takes the trash in and asks if anyone needs anything while he is in there. And you all shake your heads as the tiredness finally takes over. He joins you guys, and you all lay down, grab your separate blankets, and cozy into them. You try to fight the sleep and stay in the moment, but it wins you over with only a quarter of the movie left to go. 

You wake up with a heavy feeling in your chest. As you sit up, you notice the other three waking up too. “Morning,” you whisper and hear whispers of it back. You all take a little while to come to your senses. And Hyungwon, with a rasp, asks, “Cake and coffee?” You all agree and make the awkward shuffle out of the fort. You smile as you look back over it. It held up well for such a late-night craft. You cut into the cake and serve it onto everyone's plates as Changkyun makes everyone a cup of coffee. 

You all make your way to the table. A somber feeling takes over the four of you as you realize today is the day of parting. Changkyun speaks up first, “So what are your plans in Berlin, Hoho?” Hoseok grins as he tells him, “First, I’m going to sleep the whole first day there, then take in the sites the next day. And then I’m off to model for Men’s Health.” You nod, and then Kyun asks, “What are your plans in Marseille, Won?” Hyungwon finishes his bite of cake before answering, “About the same as Hoho. But I’m going to be modeling for Single’s magazine.” You eat your cake before looking at the two of them, “What time are your flights?” Hoseok sighs, “2:15 pm.” You look over, and Hyungwon says, “2 pm.” You both nod. You see it’s 10 am, and you sigh, only four more hours with them physically. 

Hoseok puts the dishes in the sink after you all finish everything. “We have to pack…” You nod, and the two of you follow them to 'their' room, “You know, I’m going to miss you guys sleeping in my bed.” They nod, and Hoseok whispers, “It’s weird to think you guys were only a door away.” And Hyungwon continues softly, “And now we’re going to be hundreds of miles apart again.” You collectively gulp back your tears. You and Changkyun sit in front of the door watching the two of them pace around and collect all their things. Changkyun whispers, “I never thought I’d have to say goodbye to them again.” You nod, “I thought when we’d get back together. It’d go back to how it was and stay like that.” You put your head on his shoulder as he says, “I thought that’s how it would be too.” When they finish collecting their things, they come over and sit across from you guys. 

You all grab hands, and Hoseok goes, “Let’s promise to see each other every month.” You agree, and Changkyun says, “And to not lose connection, no matter what happens.” With sad smiles, you all nod. Trying not to cry, you whisper, “Let’s talk about everything with each other.” They all nod, and Hyungwon goes, “Let’s always be together even when we’re apart.” You all agree through sniffles and bring each other for a hug. No words are needed to express how much you'll miss each other. When all of your tears dry, they gather their bags, and you take them down together. 

You stare at the tailgate as you shut it, as though you were sending them off now. Hyungwon breaks the silence first, “We’ll have to get the last of my photos developed.” You all nod before getting into Changkyun’s car. The radio plays softly in the background. A comfortable silence envelopes the four of you like a sweater in December. He parks in front of the film place, and you all decide to wait in the building with him, not wanting to be apart from each other. It doesn’t take long as they return with a box of photographs. Hyungwon looks through them and smiles at a few before he nods and pays for them. He has them wrapped in a particular fashion. And once it's completed. He holds the bundle to his chest and thanks the person behind the counter. And they tell the four of you to have a good day. 

You look at the clock and whisper, “It’s almost twelve.” They all nod, and Changkyun drives you guys to the airport. They talk about where their gates are and realize they have the same entrance. That means you won’t have to separate before their time to depart. You all smile at that, and Changkyun waits until a car pulls out of the upfront parking space before parking in it. You all turn back, and Kyun sighs, “Do we have to?” You all pout, and Hoseok says, “If we didn’t have to, leaving would never cross my mind.” And Hyungwon agrees. You all sigh at the situation before getting out of the car one last time together. Hoseok pulls his backpack on as Hyungwon wraps his headphones around his neck. They both pull their suitcases out together before the four of you begin the short venture to the airport. 

You guys move to the side to talk and wish each other off. Hyungwon, having a little bit of an earlier departure, goes first. Out of his pocket, he pulls out two packets. He has you open your hands and places the packets into your palms. He tells you, “I got you double the copies 'cause I know you like to put them in photo albums and into frames.” You hold back your tears as you hold them close. You whisper with tears starting to fall, “I’m going to miss you, you know that, right?” With tears in his eyes, he nods, “But this time, we’ll only be a flight away. Our schedules are more flexible now, and we'll be able to see each other more.” You nod, wrap him up in your arms, cry into his chest, and do your best to tell him, “Thank you. I’ll see you soon. I promise.” He holds you close and runs his hands through your hair. You both let go before he moves over to Changkyun, and you wipe your eyes.

He hands him a packet of photos, “I can’t wait to see how you’ll decorate your walls with them.” Changkyun shakes his head as he looks down, “I don’t want you to leave. I want you to see my wall art in person.” He nods, and Changkyun pulls him into a tight hug, “I promise I’ll come back. And I'll see your wall art in person. We won't be separated for long ever again.” When they pull away, he walks over to Hoseok who’s already shedding his tears. And he hands him his pouch of photos, “I can’t wait to see how you collage this.” Hoseok wraps him up tightly, “I’ll see you in Paris?” Hyungwon hums a ‘yes’ as he puts him down. When they part, all of you wrap the tall man up into one last tearful hug, “We’ll see each other soon.” He nods as he starts to walk away. You all shout, “Till then, Penguin!” He smiles, and the four of you wave until you can no longer see each other. 

Hoseok stands in front of you both, “I sent you guys the video as a parting gift.” You both shake your head at him. And you whisper, “You didn't have to.” He smiles through his tears. And he nods, “I did, and I'm going to miss you guys so much more now.” He picks Changkyun up for a hug first as Kyun tells him how he wishes he would stay too. And Hoseok wraps him up tighter, “I won’t be gone for long, and nor will Hyungwon, I promise.” He sets him down and opens his arms, and you crash into them as he picks you up. He whispers, “I know you promised before, but please promise to talk to us about everything.” You promise him and tell him that you’ll miss him. And once he sets you down. He brings you both into a hug and tells you both, “We have each other, and we’ll see each other soon, I promise.” He pulls away and gets about a foot away when you two shout, “Take care, Polar Bear!” He leaves in the opposite direction, with you three waving until you can no longer see each other. 

You wipe your eyes again and look over at Changkyun to see him doing the same thing. Without another word, you grab his hand and squeeze, “Let’s go home, Kyun.” He smiles, and you both walk out of the airport. It’s so quiet on the walk back, but it's not uncomfortable it's unusual. You were so used to chatting with the other two that when it went back to just the two of you. It felt lonely. The rain in your flowery meadow starts pouring as you miss your friends dearly. You only release his hand to get in before he pulls your hand back into his. He whispers, “I can’t believe we won’t see them for another month.” You sigh but give him your bravest smile, “But it’s only a month this time.” He nods, “Yeah, it's only a month. We’ll have each other until then.” You squeeze his hand as he drives home. 

You come home to streamers, a blanket fort, and huge signs, and it hits you full throttle again. You put your head into Changkyun’s chest and cry. He wraps his arms around you as he cries into your shoulder. It was an intense feeling of longing and separation, even though you knew you'd be seeing them again soon. It still broke your heart. When both of your cries turn into sniffles, you part and walk over to the kitchen table. You guys don’t say anything as you move around to make ramen. As you eat the noodles, it comforts you endlessly in the ways only ramen can do. The rain in your heart turns to sunshine. And the flowers see their first rainbow as your heart comes to terms with it all. 

After an hour or so, you both work on dismantling the pillow fort, and you return your mattress to your room. You take time to redo your bed with fresh bedding. And place your two packets of photos on your dresser beside your signed album. You come back out to see Changkyun pushing in the couch’s pull-out. You pitch in and help him, and from there, you both take down the decorations. Once you finish, you sit beside each other. You guys watch an alligator documentary together. Your phone rings with a group call from the two you were missing. You answer and prop it up so you both can talk to them. You guys talk until it’s time for them to turn off their phones. Changkyun lays his head on your shoulder, “I know it’s not going to be long, but it doesn’t make me miss them any less.” You hum and reach your arm around and rub his shoulder. “Me too.” You guys watch a happy little cartoon to take your minds off it. 

When you both yawn and decide to go to bed. You get changed in your room and realize you can sleep here for the first time in seven days. And if you heard that seven days ago, you would have been ecstatic. But now, as you look down at your bed, you don’t wish to divulge in the plushness. It’s not the same, and you know it. You lay down and try to get comfortable. It feels as though rocks are underneath you. It causes you to toss and twist into uncomfortable positions to relax. But nothing is working: and you know it's because he's not there. You sigh and play on your phone to take your mind off of it. But after an hour, you’re done. You can't take it anymore. it’s not until you get to his door that you realize what you’re about to do. You shake your head, ‘It’s just for tonight,’ as you go to knock, the door opens. He blinks in surprise before smiling at you. And you ask, “Can I sleep in here?” He nods, “I was about to ask you to. It feels weird without you.” 

He lets you in, and you laugh, “I couldn’t get comfortable no matter how hard I tried to.” He nods before getting in first. You follow in after him and immediately feel at ease. You sigh and fluff up the pillow under your head. You stare at each other, and your brain races with tons of thoughts. You click the light off, and he reaches for your hand, which you give him. He intertwines your fingers, and you smile. And he says, “I figured it out.” You go, “Me too.” And with a deep breath, he tells you, “The word I was looking for is love. It knows no bounds. It has no time constraints, and it’s limitless. I think I’ve always loved you. I didn’t always have a name for what I felt, but I know that’s what I’ve always felt for you.” You bring his hand up and place a kiss on his knuckles before saying, “I think I've always loved you too. I realized that was the word we were looking for when you and Hoseok were talking.” He smiles, “I realized it as I came out of my room to find you looking at the cityscape.” You grin, and he pulls you closer to him. And like that night after looking at the cityscape together, you both wrap up in each other’s holds.

You whisper, “I love you,” and he whispers, “I love you too.” And you both fall asleep feeling at peace. In the morning, when you're still in bed, you both call up Hyungwon and Hoseok, who cheer. Hoseok yells, “I’ve been waiting for this moment for wayyy too long!” And you both laugh, and Hyungwon shouts, “The romance of the century!” You shake your head as the two chatter about you guys finally being together. You lean back against Changkyun’s chest, and he holds you in his arms and puts his chin over your shoulder. Hoseok goes, “Screenshotted babies!” And Kyun smirks before kissing your cheek, which causes them to coo and you to turn red. After a few more minutes, you hang up, and he asks, “Coffee at the café, baby?” You go, “Pet names already, Babe?” He giggles, and you grin before getting dressed. 

He drives you both to the cafe and holds your hand the whole way. You swing your arms back and forth as you walk in. As you wait in line, you ask him, seeing if he feels the same way, "This isn't our first date, is it?" He nods, "No, but officially it is." You smile as you get a tea and a pastry, and he gets the same. You head over to a table that looks out onto the street. You split your treats in half and exchange them as he says, "This is where we first saw each other again." You nod, "Do you consider the time we snuck off to be our first date, then?" He smiles, "Yeah, until those two interrupted us." You laugh as you continue, "Our first date has been here twice." You both grin and he says, "Few can say they went on a first date twice with the same person." You nod, "But we can." He agrees, and you eat in peace. 

When you finish your cherry pastry, Changkyun goes, "Joo is going to be so excited when he finds out." You laugh, "I can't wait to hear his reaction." That's when your phone dings with a new message. You unlock and laugh as you read it out loud to Kyun, "I knew you two liked each other! Kiki didn't believe me!" The two of you laugh as another message comes from Kihyun, "Minnie is lying. I told him you were holding hands when we met you. But he didn't believe me!" You both laugh, and he continues, "But congratulations! I'm glad you two are together!" You get another notification from Minhyuk, "Anyways, congrats, you two!" You text them your 'thank you's. You finish up as he calls up Jooheon and puts him on speaker. "Oh my god! I knew it was only a matter of time! He'd talk a lot about you and your best friends. But he didn't talk about them in the light he did about you." Changkyun turns bright red as he goes on, and you giggle. And Kyun whines, "I'll see you tomorrow, Joo?" Jooheon agrees, "I'll see you both tomorrow! Have a fun evening, you two love birds!" 

Once you guys leave the cafe and return home, he goes, "I can't believe this is all real." You nod as you set your things down, "Yeah, it's unreal. Isn't it?" You turn back to talk to him to see him standing right in front of you. He asks, "Usually, when something feels like a dream, you'd pinch someone, right?" You agree and look into his eyes as he goes, "Maybe instead of a pinch, just to make sure it's real..." He trails off as he looks down at your lips and back into your eyes, and you go, "We kiss?" He smiles, and you wrap your arms around him, and he leans in and captures your lips in his. 

When you pull away from each other, he whispers, "Yeah, this is real." Breathlessly you ask, "Wanna do it again?" He nods, and you kiss him for the second time. He leads you back to his room, and as Jooheon said, you had a fun evening together.

—---

On your first anniversary of being with Changkyun. Hoseok calls you two up and cheers, “We have a surprise for you two!” You tilt your head and look over at Kyun, asking him what could be in store for the two of you, and he shrugs, unsure. You hear a knock on your apartment, figuring the two of them delivered you guys something silly. You both get up to see what it is and see them standing before you. They wrap you both into a hug and when they release you, you ask, “I thought we weren’t seeing each other until the 15th?” Hyungwon smirks, “You’ll be seeing us more than that.” You give Changkyun a look, and he shrugs. Still not sure what they were hinting at. They gesture for the two of you to follow them over to the abandoned apartment next door. Changkyun catches on first and goes, “No way.” Hoseok smirks and flashes a key at the two of you before opening the door. In shock, you gasp, put a hand over your mouth and see Changkyun doing the same thing. 

Hoseok says, “Yes, way,” as he pushes the two of you in front of him into the newly opened apartment. “It looks like ours but opposite?” Hoseok says, “Yeah, our offices are connected. But that’s about it.” You nod with tears filling your eyes as you bring them into your arms. You cheer, “This is the greatest anniversary gift ever!” The four of you become a puddle-like mess as the four of you cry. Hyungwon tells you both, “We might be out and not here all the time, but this is home.” Changkyun says, “This is all younger me ever wished for.” Which makes the four of you cry harder. 

Being able to visit your best friends whenever your heart desired? Felt unbelievable but magical. It's something you always begged and wished for as a child. And now, you were living those dreams. Sure, they had work. And they'd be in other cities, but when they returned, it felt like a piece of you came back. Everything was right in the world, and the flowers in your garden blossomed. When you were a junior in high school, all you wanted was for Changkyun to be back. And when you graduated college, Hyungwon and Hoseok left. All you wanted was for them to be back in your life again. You prayed to stars that somehow, some way, you'd be together again. Not only did the stars grant your wish, but they also made it better than you dreamed of. And you wouldn't have it any other way.

"(N/n), you coming?!" You hear Hyungwon interrupt your thoughts. And you go back to the task at hand. You empty the popcorn into two big bowls and feel someone wrap their arms around your waist. "Hi, Kyun." He puts his face into your neck, "What are you thinking about?" You smile, "How lucky I am." He smiles and kisses your neck, "I think I'm luckier." You raise an eyebrow, "How so?" He smiles as he turns you around, "Because you came back to me." You grin and look into his eyes, "I guess you are pretty lucky." He laughs before kissing you, and you laugh as you kiss him back. You hear someone enter the kitchen, "Okay, love birds, very cute. But I'd like to eat my popcorn now." Hoseok sighs as he reaches behind you. And he walks into the living room as you both part, "Wonnie! They're kissing again!" Hoseok whines, and you both chuckle at him. And you kiss Kyun's nose and ask, "Wanna join them?" And hear Hyungwon cry, "Will you two come in here! I'm gonna start the movie without you!" He laughs and nods, "We can't miss movie night with our best friends." You agree, "You're right." And before you can leave the kitchen, he pulls you in for another kiss. You both giggle as he goes, "What? One kiss is simply not enough with you." You shake your head and kiss him again. Good thing the beginning of the movie was a credit sequence as you finally sit down next to your best friends. 

It felt right to be together again. Your relationship with Changkyun is like a summer breeze in your flower field. The lines between you blurred between lovers and friends. But now it was clear there were no limits on the love you held for each other, and there never would be. In the fire he held your hand and helped you until you escaped the flames. He watched as the ash settled, the smoke cleared, and the flowers bloomed. And you helped his heart do the same. His gray skies became colorful again when you came back into his life. Like a piece of watercolor work, going from a sketch to a beautiful painting. And reunited, your worlds blossomed and grew together. Before you knew it, your two best friends came back. And now live right next door. Well, most of the time. Everything that was wrong became right again.

[deijiyong]

Before you read: This fanfic is done in a bullet-point style, thus will probably not flow as you would expect a normal fanfic to. Thank you for understanding.

Summary: You were by his side all through high school until he got his first girlfriend. When you lost the one person you felt comfortable with, you had to find new friends in his best friend Jooheon and Jooheon's girlfriend. You expect to keep pulling apart as university approaches, but Changkyun seems to have other plans.

Warnings: some talks of vomiting, mentions of reader being injured (bullied), similar mean pranks

Status: Ongoing

Updates: For currently written parts, every Sunday. When those parts run out: no definite schedule.

Color Key: for talking bullet-points.

Reader is purple.

Changkyun is green.

Jooheon is blue.

Jiyeon (Jooheon's GF) is pink.

Taeyong is red.

no one cares about Sara

Jisoo is orange.

Parts:

2010 January 26th - Changkyun's 14th Birthday

2011 January 26th - Changkyun's 15th Birthday

2011 June 18th - Changkyun invites you to play in the pool

2012 January 26th - Changkyun's 16th Birthday

2014 October 4th - Jooheon's 19th Birthday (YN POV)

2014 October 4th - Jooheon's 19th Birthday (CK POV)

2014 October 5th - Changkyun invites himself over to your house

2014 October 6th - School Monday

2015 February 10th - Graduation Day

2015 February 12th - SNU Move-in Day

2015 March 19th - The day you miss CK the most

2015 April 26th - Taeyong accosts you at the bookstore

2015 June 18th - FIFA World Cup

2015 June 18th - FIFA World Cup (JH POV)

2015 December 5th - Changkyun makes a plan

2015 December 20th - Surprise!! 1/2

2015 December 20th - Surprise!! 2/2

2015 December 21st - Day One 1/2

2015 December 21st - Day One 2/2

2015 December 22nd - Day Two

2015 December 23rd - Day Three

2015 December 24th - Day Four

2015 December 25th - Day Five 1/2

2015 December 25th - Day Five 2/2 (beginning of not written parts)

2015 December 26th - TBA

Note: If it's Sunday and you're waiting on an update - send me a message. I'm actually pretty freaking forgetful. Sorry in advanced.

[rochellebae]

IM CHANGKYUN is the type…

18+

- Changkyun is the type of boyfriend who’s sucking your boobs during sex

- always horny

- always wants sex

- he wanna fuck you at all position

- your body really turns him on, whatever type it is, he loves it

- veiny neck, hand and cock

his dick is so pretty… yes he has a beautiful dick, perfect

his hand is also so pretty, he loves fingering you with his long, veiny fingers

- beautiful big nose

you can ride his nose… he will fuck you with it

- he has a long tongue

this man has a really good tongue and he will put it in your pussy while he lick it

- hard titts man

- his arms are so strong…

- daddy kink

- breeding kink

he always wanna cum in your pussy

he loves to see his cum out of your pussy…

- he gets you pregnant

he will put his baby in your uterus and wanna see it growing in you

- he will makes a really expanded hole between your legs…

- sometimes lazy so you have to fuck yourself on his dick meanwhile he is looking at you

- he always admires you

- he is a touch man

he always touches your body, he wanna find your hole between your legs and reaches into it…

your pussy is his pussy babe

- you will sleep in his arms, he always wanna take care of you… you’re his everything

[tinytinyblogs]

Changkyun As Your Boyfriend

Boyfriend

(n.) A person who 90% of the time annoy you, and 10% of the time makes you forget the 90%

Monsta x masterlist here

When you and Changkyun get a couple tattoo, he will love to touch it and take cute pictures of the two of you together. He will even set your couple photos as his lockscreen, and he will smile widely every time he opens his phone. He will be so proud of your couple tattoo, and he will love to show it off to everyone. He will tell everyone how much he loves you, and he will always be grateful for the special bond that you share. Your couple tattoo will be a constant reminder of your love for each other, and it will bring you closer together. It will be a symbol of your commitment to each other, and it will be a source of happiness for both of you.

He will set his photos as your lockscreen without you knowing it. and once you open your phone and you will see his face smiling back at you. You will be surprised and touched by his gesture, and you will know that he loves you very much. He will do this because he wants to be the first thing you see when you wake up and the last thing you see before you go to sleep. He wants you to think of him every time you use your phone. When you see his face on your lockscreen, you will feel loved and appreciated. You will know that he is thinking of you, and you will feel closer to him.

He loves to send you cute texts, asking you about your day and telling you how much he misses you. He will often start his texts with "How was your day, baby?" or "I miss you so much." He will also tell you to take care of yourself and to eat and rest. He knows that you are busy, but he wants to make sure that you are taking care of yourself. He wants you to be happy and healthy, and he will always be there for you. His texts are always full of love and affection. He will often use pet names like "baby" or "honey" to show how much he cares about you. He will also send you pictures or videos of himself to make you smile.

He will prepare a date with you, making sure that he doesn't mess up. Even though you've been together for more than a year, he will still be nervous. He will want to make this date perfect for you, and he will want to show you how much he loves you. He will start by planning the perfect location. He will want to take you somewhere that is special to both of you, or somewhere that he knows you will love. He will also plan the perfect activities, making sure that you will have a fun and memorable time. On the day of the date, he will be so nervous that he might even be shaking. But he will take a deep breath and remind himself that he loves you and that you will love the date. During the date, he will tell you how much he loves you and how lucky he feels to be with you. He will also let you hear a song that he created for you. The song will be a beautiful expression of his love, and it will make you feel so special. By the end of the date, you will know how deep his feelings are for you. You will also know that he is the one for you.

He will give you sudden hugs everywhere when he feels like he wants to. This man will be so soft only for you. Sometimes, he will hug you from behind when you are cooking in the kitchen. Other times, he will hug you from the front when you are sitting on the couch watching a movie. He might even hug you from the side when you are walking down the street. No matter where he hugs you, you will feel his love and affection. He will hold you tightly and squeeze you gently. He will whisper sweet nothings in your ear and tell you how much he loves you. You will melt in his arms every time he hugs you. You will feel so safe and secure, and you will know that you are loved. Changkyun is a soft-hearted man, but he is only soft for you. He is strong and protective with everyone else, but he is gentle and loving with you. He knows that you are his soft spot, and he cherishes you more than anything in the world. If you are lucky enough to have Changkyun in your life, cherish him. He is a rare gem, and he will love you unconditionally.

Every time he sees you, he greets you with his lovely smile and says, "Miss me?" He knows that his smile makes you blush, and he loves to see your face turn red as a tomato. Changkyun's smile is one of the things that you love most about him. It's so genuine and heartwarming, and it always makes you feel happy. He is a truly kind and loving person, and you are so lucky to have him in your life.

This man is smart, you will wonder how he can be so smart. He reads you like he reads a book. He understands you and all your problems really well. You don't need to hide anything from him, he'll know right away when you're not in good condition. He can tell when you're feeling down, even if you try to hide it. He can see the changes in your body language, and he can hear the changes in your tone of voice. He knows you better than you know yourself, and he always knows how to make you feel better. He is always there for you, no matter what. He will listen to you when you need to talk, and he will offer you his advice. He will never judge you, and he will always be there to support you. You are so lucky to have him in your life. He is a true friend, a loving partner, and a wise advisor. You can always count on him, and he will always be there for you.

[idyllic-ghost]

why not try?; I.M. x reader

request: for aquarius we will go with changkyun. key-points: friends with benefits, messy and unconventional, developing feelings but so far it’s more casual, it’s all borderline to something somehow

synopsis: what you have with changkyun is good... right? there's no need for anything more, is what you tell yourself as you go to bed with him. but you can't help but to seek out something sweeter in your limited relationship

a/n: this is just plot with smut because i felt like writing more plot-based stories... also i just love fried rice idk how many times i've written it into stories but i have cravings so

cw: reader has a vagina (otherwise it's gn), mentions of alcohol consumption, messy sex, fingering, oral (f recieving), unprotected sex (although reader is on birth control and it is mentioned, but still - wrap it the fuck up), swearing, slight degradation, slight overstimulation

genre: smut, fluff, friends with benefits

word count: 3k

zodiac smut series masterlist

✧༺♥༻∞

The bar closes in ten minutes, but you've only just arrived. Your car keys hang from your finger, jingling as you walk, keeping them ready for when you use them just a few minutes later. As soon as you walk into the bar, you spot him. It is an uneventful and small place, so it's easy to find him. Changkyun is sitting by the bar, leaning his head on his hand. He looks tired and, lucky for you, not very drunk. As he locks eyes with you, he smiles, and you feel your heart drop to the pit of your stomach. You loved his smile, but it always hurt to see it. With one hand motion, you tell him the car is waiting for him outside. He gets up and walks over to you.

"Thank you, baby.", he says as he walks up to you.

He's slurring his words slightly, but you assume it's because he's tired and not because of any alcohol. His use of "baby" is definitely the alcohol, though. Endearments are something he never uses when he's fully sober. Not to you, at least.

"You could've taken a bus home.", you sighed and opened the door for him, "Or called a cab."

"But then I wouldn't get to see you.", he grins.

You don't say another word until you get to the car. Once you've shut the car door behind you and put on your seatbelt, you turn to him again.

"Your place or mine?", you ask plainly.

He pretends to be shocked at first, trying to make it seem like he that wasn't his intention when he called you. But you had been with him for too long to know exactly what he wanted.

"My place.", he said after some time.

"Next time at least tell me earlier.", you huffed, "I'm not a hooker."

"You don't have to come home with me if you don't want to.", he said softly, his demeanor changing completely.

You leaned your head against the steering wheel, trying to hide the embarrassment painted all over your face. In moments like these, you realized just how weak you were.

"No.", you started the car and leaned back, "I want to."

Changkyun's apartment was dark. It wasn't just the night casting a shadow over his home, his apartment was mostly decorated with black. It looked sleek, perfectly clean... cold. You were always cold in Changkyun's apartment.

He helped you shrug off your coat, leaving fleeting kisses on your shoulders that sent a shiver running down your spine. This was just fine for you. This relationship was fun, it was flirty, it was adventurous... everything a "non-committal" person like you could want. But recently, Changkyun left you wanting more. Maybe it was the way he had been treating you, carefully like you were made of glass. It could even be that he had started speaking to you differently - at least you thought so.

Either way, you pushed those thoughts to the back of your mind as soon as he pushed you up against a wall. The kiss was hot, messy, and needy. Your arms wrapped around his neck to bring him impossibly close. His lips tasted of whiskey, and you were reminded that he must still be a bit drunk. You pulled away and looked at him. His pupils were blown out, his lips blotchy red, and his breathing was uneven.

"You're not too drunk, are you? I'm not having sex with you if you're out of it...", you muttered.

"I think I had maybe two glasses.", he admitted and pressed another lingering kiss on your lips, "Don't worry baby, I want you."

Baby. You couldn't decide if you loved it or hated it. But you had no time to do so anyway, as Changkyun started kissing down your neck. Not a single part of you wanted him to stop. So it pained you to push him away again, just so that you could grab his hand and lead him to the nearest surface - the living room couch. His hands worked quickly to discard both your and his clothes. With his hand behind your head, he gently laid you down on the plush cushions of the couch.

"I've missed this...", he groaned as he started kissing down your body, "I've missed tasting you."

A whine escaped you as he started nipping at the skin by your hip. Two of his fingers pushed against your clothed pussy, rubbing your clit through the material. Changkyun slipped down the couch to pull down your underwear. His upper body leaned on the sofa as he delved into your heat, his tongue running between your folds and his lips sucking your clit. A moan escaped your mouth, and your hands gripped at his black hair. As his fingers circled your entrance you urged him by pulling further on his hair.

"Please...", you whined, and his fingers plunged inside you.

The taste of blood flooded your mouth as you bit down hard on your lower lip. Changkyun groaned against you but kept up his pace. Stars dotted in front of your eyes as you were brought closer to your first orgasm. Involuntarily, your hips started stuttering. With his free hand, Changkyun held you down right between your hips. As his hand was there, he pushed down on your lower stomach. He grinned against you as your moans grew louder, your body feeling on fire. When you came, he let you ride it out over his tongue, and as he pulled away from you, a giggle bubbled up from your stomach. His hair was a mess, and his entire jaw was coated in wetness. The fingers that had been buried deep inside you, he brought to his lips and licked clean. While he was busy, you took to action and sprung onto him. His back fell to the floor as you straddled him.

"You gonna ride me, sweetheart?", he asked with a lazy grin.

"You bet.", you answered with a smile and connected your lips with his again.

The mixture of the metallic taste and your juices was strange, but neither of you cared. Pleasure clouded your mind as you let your lips wander his skin. At the same time, Changkyun was shuffling off his underwear.

"Are you still clean?", he asked.

"Of course.", you furrowed your brows at him, "Why?"

"I want to cum inside you.", he said in a cocky voice as his hands gripped your hips, "Want to watch it drip out of you."

"Is this because I told you I started taking birth control?", you chortled.

"Definitely.", he nodded and licked his lips, "But I'll get a condom if you want me to."

"No, no...", you shook your head and started moving your hips to stay over his, "Let's try it."

"Yeah?", his fingers excitedly thrummed against your skin.

You didn't answer. Instead, you took his cock in your hand and pumped it a few times before guiding him inside you. As you sank down onto his thick length you both let out a satisfied sigh. With your hands supporting you against his chest, you started grinding on him. Soft whimpers echoed throughout the room, and you leaned down to drown them out with a kiss. Changkyun gripped your ass and started sliding you up and down his shaft.

"You feel so fucking good.", he muttered against your lips.

The grip on your ass loosened as soon as you leaned back again. His hands were on your thighs, rubbing up and down, as you started bouncing. At first slow and experimental, then you quicken your pace. His hips start meeting yours. The sound of wet skin slapping against skin fills the room in between your moans and grunts. But soon you begin to grow tired, and your hips grow sloppy.

"Should I take over?", he asked, and you nodded - completely drunk off of his cock.

He pulls out and bends you over the coffee table. You wiggle your ass, waiting for him to put it back in. When he does you lean your bare upper body against the cold glass of the table. It stings against your burning skin, but it feels so good.

"You're gonna let me fill you up, huh?", he groans as he thrusts in and out of you, "I'm gonna fill that pretty pussy up."

His hands' grip on your hips is sure to leave bruises, but you don't care. And when his hand grips your hair and pulls your head back, you moan. Drool dribbles down the side of your mouth and you smile because your head is completely empty. The only thought is of Changkyun. One of his hands is in your hair, and the other wraps around your body to rub your clit - all the while he keeps sharply thrusting into you.

"'Gonna be a good cumslut and take it all?", he murmurs in your ear, "My little cumslut..."

"Yes... yours.", you breathe out between moans, "Please fill me up. Fill me with your cum- I want it all."

Your second orgasm is approaching quickly, and you start clenching around him. The moan that flies out of his mouth is what sends you over the edge. And as you're spasming around him, he cums inside you.

"I fucking love you...", he groans out.

Your heart almost stops beating at his words. He pulls out, seemingly unaware of what he had just said. And as he watches his seed drip out of you, he lets out another groan.

"So fucking pretty...", he whispers and pushes the cum that's dripping out back inside you.

For a moment you forget about what he said, as his fingers keep pushing in and out of you. He starts fingering you again, his cum spilling out between each thrust. It runs down your legs, but you couldn't care less. Your body presses against the table as his fingers curl against the spot that makes you see stars.

"Too much...", you pant.

"Just one more, baby...", he breathes out as his thumb starts rubbing against your overstimulated clit, "Give me one more, darling."

You moan out at the pet name, your eyes rolling back and your jaw hanging slack. Sloppy and squelching noises came out of you, and if you hadn't been so delirious, you would've felt the heat rise to your cheeks in mortification. It doesn't take long before you're cumming all over again, whining as he keeps rubbing your clit. He gently kisses your hip as he pulls out his fingers. When you turn around you do so clumsily, falling onto the floor with a thud. Changkyun's lips crashed against yours again, and your arms wrapped around his neck to keep you steady. Teeth gnashed against teeth, and many whimpers and whines were let out throughout the messy kiss. But you didn't want it to stop, you needed him closer to you. So when he pulled away, even if he looked like a beautiful mess, you felt your heartache. The intimacy was over, now there was only the friends part left of "friends with benefits". He helped you to his bathroom without another word and let you take a shower. You do so quickly, wanting to leave as soon as possible.

You're met with Changkyun's eyes staring at you when you step out of the steamy shower. He had waited in the bathroom. You step to the side and let him get into the shower. While he washed away any dirt and grime, you went to gather your scattered clothes. Your jeans and your shirt were just fine to wear, but your underwear looked less appealing to put on again. Despite wanting to, your plans of escaping into the night while Changkyun was busy in the shower were foiled. So you pulled the towel tighter around you and sat down on the couch, your clothes laying in a pile beside you.

The shower turned off, and you started to play with your fingers nervously. You could hear the shuffling from the bathroom. While waiting in the silence, you remembered what Changkyun had said before. Your heart started beating faster. It must have been a slip-up. He didn't really mean it. Right? The bathroom door opened, and your head snapped in the direction of the noise. Changkyun looked pleasantly surprised that you were still there. Usually, you would be gone by now. His hair was slicked back and still wet, although some strands of stubborn hair had fallen over his face. His towel hung low on his hips, and even though he had patted down his skin with the towel, there were still some droplets of water running down his chest - no doubt falling from his hair.

"I need to wash my clothes...", you said with a sigh.

"Ah... I'm sorry about that.", he took the pile of clothes from the couch, "I'll get it going right away. Do you want to borrow some clothes in the meantime?"

"That'd be nice. Thanks.", you muttered and looked in front of you.

A foggy print of your body was visible on the glass coffee table. Your eyes widened with horror. Changkyun had already walked away. In your nervous state, you grabbed a few paper towels and tried to wipe them away, as well as trying to clean up whatever had fallen on the carpet.

"I'll clean it up later, don't worry about it.", Changkyun said as he got back.

This felt strange. You had never stayed for this long before. There wasn't much to say or do after the deed was done. You and Changkyun were friends, but not incredibly close friends. The two of you had met through a mutual friend and the fact that you knew each other less made your sexual relationship easier. You didn't even know his favorite color. It was stupid, but you continued to find yourself being very upset about this.

"Does it always look like this?", you asked, "You know, after we..."

"Not always.", he said, "When we're in the kitchen it's definitely a lot easier to clean."

Changkyun was now wearing sweatpants and a black t-shirt. Although you loved the view, you were glad that he had put some clothes on. It made it easier to talk to him.

"I'll go change.", you said and took your pile of clothes.

"Do you want to stay over?", he asked as you walked past him, "It's late, you shouldn't drive while tired."

You were sure your heart couldn't take any more. As you gazed down on your feet, you squeezed your eyes shut tight.

"I heard you say something before... I just need to know what that was about.", you mumble.

"Ah... you heard that?", Changkyun let out a sigh, "I'm sorry. I really don't want to complicate things for you. Honestly, I didn't mean to say it then."

Then. If not then, when was he going to say it? Was he planning to say it another time? Was he ever going to say it at all?

"You should go change- we can still talk about it if you want to... just go change first.", he said.

You nodded and walked toward the bathroom. With a pounding heart, your body slid down to the floor as soon as you closed the door behind you. It was cold, and it felt nice to cool down your scolding hot skin. The clothes he had lent you were just pajama pants and a hoodie, but it was just perfect for you. His clothes let you hide away. Covered in fabric, your body couldn't be viewed. It made you feel safe. When you put it on, you were immediately engulfed by his scent. A shiver ran down your spine. It was so impossibly wonderful to feel like he was constantly embracing you. There was a knock at the door, making you jump.

"Do you want to eat something?", he asked.

You were hungry, you just hadn't quite realized it yet. You said yes and thanked him. His footsteps faded away from the door. Getting up from the floor, you put on the rest of the clothes and then stepped out. Changkyun was in the kitchen, heating up leftovers in the microwave. You sat down on a barstool by the counter.

"Fried rice is okay, yeah?", he asked.

"It's more than okay.", you chuckled.

Changkyun hummed in response and put an already heated-up plate in front of you. As you ate, you watched Changkyun. He seemed tense, something that was an unusual look on him. You ate in silence, leaving the words that needed to be said floating in the air. Only as you pushed your empty plate away from you, did he speak.

"I meant it.", he mumbled, looking down at his plate.

You inhaled sharply. It is everything you've wanted for so long. But he looks so ashamed.

"I want you to know that I meant it.", he repeated, "And I know we said that we would stop if we got any feelings... but I didn't want to. I was being selfish and stupid, and I'm sorry."

Tears prickled in the corner of your eyes. He sounded broken. You've been wanting this, but you never wanted him to suffer. You put your hand over his hand, bringing his attention to you.

"You're neither of those things.", you said, "I'm... I think I've fallen for you too. I was scared because you seemed to be so calm about it."

"I wasn't.", he turned his hand around to intertwine your fingers, "Every time I see you I feel like something just knocked the air out of me. I didn't want to admit that I like you, but I do... so much."

A soft laugh bubbled up from your throat. You just couldn't believe that this could ever happen. Maybe you had been oblivious, or so caught up in your own thoughts that you couldn't notice him. Either way, this was happening now.

"Do you still want to stay?", he asked.

You didn't entirely know if he meant to stay the night or stay with him. But there was only one answer to both of those questions.

"Yes."

[taexual]

monsta x / fake dating

warning: bullet points because it’s the only thing stopping me from writing 7 full-length fics. these are still long, though. lower-case intended.

requested by @sweeticeream​​.

↣ shownu

frankly, you probably didn’t know hyunwoo well enough to ask him this, but he was the only guy friend you had (even if you only knew him for a little less than 4 months)

when you brought the idea of fake-dating up to him, he was very ?? about it

why don’t you just date someone (him) for real?

you regretted bringing this up as soon as you saw the confusion in his eyes

so you went into a whole frenzy, trying to justify your decision to fake-date, all so you wouldn’t come off as crazy as you felt

and after you started to explain it more, he got far too lost in the passion in your eyes, so he just said yes

sure, he’ll pretend to be your date to this family event in exchange for good food and great company

which meant home-made dishes and an endless stream of grandmothers, exclaiming “who’s this handsome young man?!” whenever he walked into the room with you

it was a nice ego boost and he got to hold your hand the whole night, which was nice, too (because you had soft skin, that’s all, no other reason whatsoever)

you weren’t worried about what would happen once the night ended because your family only got together once every decade

but by a stroke of disaster, four of your cousins (some of them twice removed; you’d never even seen them before tonight) announced they were getting married later this year

and, of course, they hoped you and hyunwoo would come to the wedding

the two of you smiled and nodded and acted in love

but as soon as the night ended, you told hyunwoo he didn’t have to come to any other event with you

there was only so much food you could bribe him with before you started to feel awful for dragging him here

but hyunwoo gave you a look and replied, completely seriously, “i don’t know what you’re talking about, i had a nice time tonight. your family’s great.”

that definitely made you feel less terrible when you asked him, “so you wouldn’t mind going to one of those weddings with me as my fake-boyfriend?”

you laughed as you said it, trying to make it seem more like a joke than a serious suggestion, so he wouldn’t feel bad about having to turn you down

but hyunwoo didn’t feel bad in the slightest when he said, “oh, no. i would mind.”

so, that was that, then

“oh, well, it’s okay. i told you, you don’t have to go with me—”

“i want to go with you as your actual boyfriend.”

yeah, fuck it. he may not have been able to look at you as he said it, but he didn’t really see a point to fake-date you when really dating you seemed like a much better alternative

↣ wonho

it was supposed to be mutually beneficial for you both

a classic let’s-pretend-to-date-to-make-our-exes-jealous plot

and then somewhere along the way, hoseok kind of forgot that this was supposed to be all pretend?

he’d keep on holding your hand even when it was just you two in the room

or he’d still kiss your cheek when he stood up from the couch to grab something, even though there was no one to prove a point to

and okay, at first, you didn’t realize there was anything wrong with that

but then you ran into your ex without hoseok around, and he asked, “so where’s your boyfriend?”

and you didn’t even care about the envy in his voice as you told him about how much hoseok had been working lately and how you hadn’t gotten to see him a lot

and there it was

the realization that you really cared more about spending time with hoseok than about making your ex jealous

god, it was so awkward bringing this up to hoseok, though

“so, hey, do you think it worked?” you asked him that same night once your conversation (sort of) turned to your exes

he wasn’t following, “what do you mean?”

cringing now, you tried to make this sound less childish, “well, you know. getting a reaction out of—”

“oh, that.”

silence

honestly, for a minute there, you worried hoseok was about to say that it had worked and that he was back together with his ex now

but then he just chuckled nervously and admitted, “honestly, i’ve kind of forgotten all about that.”

oh, well okay, but what does that mean????

your heart feels like it’s about to leap out of your chest as you wait for him to say something else

something that would, hopefully, make the state of your relationship a little more clear

but then hoseok just went, “so, how do you feel about ordering pizza tonight? my fridge is empty,” and that was it

so, yeah, idk, i guess you’re dating for real now? 🤷🏻‍♀️

↣ minhyuk

honestly, this was supposed to be just a joke

everyone always kept teasing you about how you spent so much time together, “it was time you started to date”

so minhyuk finally just shrugged, took your hand in his, and declared, “we already are”

it was mostly meant to make your friends uncomfortable

like, okay, they couldn’t stop teasing you about how close you were? then you’ll show them just how much closer you could be

but although your friends did squirm, and their teasing did turn into complaining within a few days of this

you felt like you were the one who felt the weirdest

because, fine, when it came down to it, maybe you did have a little crush on minhyuk

it was barely there, though!

you never even thought of it as a serious crush, you just found him attractive is all

but then he was suddenly glued to your side, always touching, always smiling and glancing over at you

and yeah, it’s definitely a crush now

and thing is, this doesn’t feel fake!

minhyuk went out of his way with the pda, all to make your friends cringe

but did he really have to call and text you every night before going to sleep just to say goodnight and wish you sweet dreams??

did he really have to remember every little thing that you’ve ever told him, even if you couldn’t remember saying it??

alright, to be fair, minhyuk realized he didn’t need to do those things, he was just taking full advantage of his position as your fake-boyfriend

and your friends’ teasing had not been baseless; clearly, there was something there between you and him

so, somewhere along the way, the fake dating seamlessly morphed into serious dating

your friends hadn’t even realized that “he’s my boyfriend” used to be a joke, but now you were no longer kidding

except, at times, when minhyuk was using his boyfriend status as an excuse to drag you to a yet another dreadfully boring event with him

he’d always use the boyfriend card

“how can you say no to me, Your Boyfriend™??”

and you’d always remind him, “well, technically, you never asked me out on a date, so i don’t know where you’re getting this from”

he’d give you a look and a sarcastic laugh

but he wasn’t too wounded by this because he was too busy wondering if you’d still say the same thing when he eventually used the “since i’m your boyfriend” technique to ask you to spend the rest of your life with him

↣ kihyun

okay, now, you weren’t supposed to start fake-dating

you just happened to be standing next to each other at a party when the guy who was relentlessly hitting on you the entire night, walked by and did a double-take

he stopped in front of you two, scratched his chin thoughtfully, and then said, very accusingly, “you should have told me you didn’t want to go on a date with me because you already had a boyfriend”

(really, you didn’t want to go on a date with him because he was a disgusting pig, but whatever gets him through the night)

and kihyun – who’s, really, more of a friend-of-a-friend than a boyfriend to you – was already opening his mouth to refute this

until you grabbed his hand and whispered a hushed, “why don’t we let him believe that?”

and you obviously didn’t mean that as a prank

kihyun could tell from the look in your eyes that you needed this guy to finally get lost, you weren’t just joking around

so he cleared his throat, got his hand out from your grip and placed it around your shoulders, bringing you closer

and then he stuck his chin out at the guy, “yeah, she has a boyfriend.”

partially cringing, you glared at the guy one more time – not that it did much; he was immune to all deadly looks – and he finally shrugged and walked away

you thanked kihyun, apologized, stammered awkwardly for another minute, and walked away, hoping to simmer in mortification somewhere else

preferably at a place where this cute boy, who just pretended to be your boyfriend, couldn’t see you

but, not even fifteen minutes later, your friends were collectively hitting you on your shoulders and back, all yelling over each other

you hunched over and took a few precautionary steps forwards to escape their assault, before giving them a bewildered look

“what the hell happened????”

finally, one of your friends gave you an explanation: “how dare you bring your boyfriend to the party and not introduce us?”

you were still staring at your friends with wide eyes, and you were genuinely starting to worry about the contents of their cocktails because they knew you didn’t have a boyfriend

“people just overheard you reject some asshole because you were here with your boyfriend,” another friend said. “they saw you hugging.”

oh. well

“he wasn’t—i was just—”

but you caught sight of the same asshole out of the corner of your eye, and, suddenly, you weren’t so sure if it was a good idea to admit to lying

“yeah,” you ended up saying, a defeated sigh following shortly after. “he’s my boyfriend. i’ll introduce you later.”

“why don’t you do it now?” a voice asked, nearly making you jump out of your skin

kihyun – the king of showing up at the right place, at the right time – was smiling as he stood next to you

your friends, of course, proceeded to pounce on you (that’s how they show love)

and it took you another half an hour to get kihyun alone to ask him why, in the name of god, would he carry on pretending to be your boyfriend?

and he’s been so composed the whole night, but suddenly he’s an awkward mess

“i don’t know,” he admitted, “maybe that’s the only way i knew how to ask you out on a real date.”

you both knew that there were many easier ways to do that, but you had to admit two things

one, you kind of have no choice but to say yes now, since everyone already thinks you’re dating

and two, the butterflies in your stomach have been rioting ever since kihyun introduced himself as your boyfriend that first time, so it would be good for your health to go on a real date with him. you know, to stop all the fluttering and the shaking of your heart

↣ hyungwon

hyungwon got you into the fake-dating mess by accident

he’d been trying to impress his new manager because he felt like he really deserved a promotion

but no matter what he did, the guy seemed to hate him

and then one time during lunch, hyungwon happened to start a conversation about music, and he discovered that the manager was into the same indie band as he was

he milked the hell out of this, mentioning every obscure song he could remember, and he could almost see the points he was gaining with the manager

he even ended up being called up to his office at the end of the day

“this will sound weird, but are you seeing anyone right now?” the manager asked

hyungwon genuinely thought he gave off the wrong impression and even glanced at the sexual harassment awareness posters on the wall of the office

but then the manager explained, “i have four tickets to the band’s concert this friday. we could go on a double-date.”

and, because this was his promotion on the line, hyungwon stammered, “uh… yes, i am seeing someone… a concert sounds great.”

cut to you getting a panicked phone call from hyungwon several hours later, demanding that you cancel your plans for friday night and pretend to be his girlfriend to impress his manager

eh, you like the band anyway, and hyungwon was a good friend, even if you never really saw him romantically, so why not

but, like in any classic rom-com, after spending the night exaggerating hyungwon’s positive qualities (in a subtle way, of course), you came to realize that, huh, maybe you did see him as a romantic interest? kind of? a little bit?

it was just nice how he kept holding you all throughout the concert, so he wouldn’t lose you in the crowd of people

and it was nice how he walked you home and checked on you even after his manager and his girlfriend had left the two of you alone

and it was also nice—alright, fine, you had a proper crush on hyungwon now

you assumed he’d done most of those things that night because he wanted to leave a positive impression on his manager

but then hyungwon got that promotion (the concert played a part in that for sure), and he invited you to celebrate at his house

and you showed up, thinking it was going to be a party for all of his friends, but it was just him, a bottle of wine, and two glasses

so you got worried that maybe you showed up too early, but hyungwon shook his head, “no, you’re right on time. wine?”

“uh… shouldn’t we wait for everyone else?”

“there’s no one else,” he said, his hands shaking as he unscrewed the cork. “it’s just you.”

oh, okay, then

now your heart was shaking and what-not, that’s great

“i wanted to thank you,” he said after he finally managed to pour wine into your glasses and onto the counter. “if it weren’t for you, i wouldn’t have gotten this promotion.”

“that’s not true, you’re a great employee and you deserve this.”

hyungwon appreciated you saying that, but he looked down and deflected, “you know, this promotion had been something that i was looking forward to for the past few months. until the night we went to that concert.”

you waited for him to continue, but his mouth was too dry, so he took a big gulp of his wine before he even finished the toast

(was this even a toast? oh god, he couldn’t understand what he was doing)

“t-that night,” he tried to continue, “i realized that i’m looking forward to seeing you again more than i’m looking forward to getting promoted. i was absolutely ready to go on a dozen more double-dates with you before i got that promotion.”

“i thought we’d have to do that, too, to be honest,” you interjected with a chuckle, alleviating the atmosphere slightly

“yeah?” hyungwon was glad to hear that. “i’m really, kind of, sad that we didn’t have to do that.”

quietly (because you didn’t dare to start drinking your wine yet, so you lacked the courage), you admitted, “me too.”

oh now he was positively vibrating and he had to set his glass of wine down as he braced himself

“why don’t we go on an actual date? no promotions to look forward to this time, just each other’s company.”

he looked like he was going to combust in three, two—

but you saved him by replying right away, “yeah. i’d like that.”

↣ jooheon

you and jooheon both wanted some peace and quiet when you went out with your friends, who all knew that the two of you were single, and kept setting you up with various people in the bar

so you suggested telling your friends that you both had already found relationships

“they’ll never believe it unless they see our partners,” jooheon pointed out

“okay,” you nodded, admitting the mistake. it only took you a second to come up with a better plan, though, “then how about we tell them we’re dating each other?”

he watched you for a minute, his eyebrows furrowed

“that is the dumbest thing i’ve ever heard,” he said then. “let’s do it.”

dumb or not, it worked

finally, you were able to relax, unwind, and get wasted on a friday night without being introduced to a new stranger every two drinks

it was a dream come true

and it worked like an excuse in other settings as well!

you don’t feel like attending another company dinner? “sorry, my boyfriend’s taking me out tonight, it’s our anniversary.”

jooheon hates his pretentious neighbour, so he needs an excuse to say no to his party? “sorry, got plans with my girlfriend this weekend.”

funnily enough, no one ever called either of you out on your bullshit

your co-workers had seen jooheon pick you up from work countless times

and all of jooheon’s neighbours knew you were the only person left who still had a spare key to his apartment (after a very unfortunate incident involving minhyuk, the notebook for jooheon’s lyrics, and a forgotten candle “for ambiance”, when jooheon was out of town)

nor you, nor jooheon had enough time for a serious relationship, and your fake-relationship never interfered with casual dating (since it all tended to end after one date)

so it was all fun and games

until your friends started asking, “so when are you going to propose?” and you realized this had been going on for a long time

jooheon, who was so used to his role as your fake-boyfriend, didn’t even skip a beat as he said, “when the time is right”

but the question rang in both of your heads for the rest of the night

when your taxi stopped outside of jooheon’s house at the end of the night, you got out with him because he was usually the type of drunk who could fall asleep in an elevator if left unsupervised

so, to save him the embarrassment – and also, to save you a trip back and forth between your houses – you tended to sleep in his guest room on friday nights

“you know what would be funny?” you asked him as the two of you took the elevator to his floor, “if we told our friends that we weren’t actually dating this whole time.”

jooheon chuckled, seemingly agreeing that this really would be funny

“you know what would be even funnier?” he responded, his speech still slurred from the alcohol. “if we actually started to date.”

you laughed, nodding, because that really would be even funnier

but then once jooheon was in bed and you prepared to head to the guest room, he suddenly grabbed your hand, stopping you

“so what time should i pick you up next week?” he asked

he never picked you up for anything, so you were understandably confused, “for what?”

“for our date,” he explained.

“oh, to pull the prank of the year?” you asked, chuckling. “first, we pretended to date, and then we actually started to date. but, actually, it’s all one big—”

“no,” jooheon disagreed, his eyes drooping, but his grip on your hand remaining firm. “this won’t be a prank. it’ll be a date. for real, this time.”

↣ i.m

he needed to get his family off his back (in the kindest way possible, of course)

there were only so many “it’s time for you to get married, why don’t i arrange a blind date for you?” a person could take

and you’d been his best friend for years, so hey, can you lend your friend a hand? you won’t even have to do anything

or so he said

you agreed because, according to changkyun, he’d just tell his family that you were his girlfriend, and you wouldn’t actually have to go to any dinners, or any parties whatsoever

how utterly and completely dumb this was!!!!!!

you run in the same circles, of course you were going to run into his family in town

their congratulatory hugs weren’t even the worst part (but it was still awkward, and you made a mental note to strangle kyun later)

the worst part was the “i knew you two kids would get together eventually!” comments

you felt like you were disappointing his family because you weren’t actually dating, and that felt a lot like disappointing your real family

it was crushing

you’d had such a good relationship with changkyun’s whole family, they were your second home

and now you were lying to them

so you didn’t think you were exaggerating when you sent changkyun a gentle “prepare to die” message once you managed to escape his relatives

he had a solution, though (at least, he thought he did)

“okay, so how’s this, then – we date for real?”

???????

he’d been your best friend for so long, you struggled to think of him as anything else

but it was also a defence mechanism in a way? you used to have the biggest crush on changkyun when you first became friends, so you needed to find a way to suppress these feelings

“changkyun,” you began seriously, “do you really think dating you would traumatize me less than my fear of disappointing your family?”

he watched you for a minute, the insult buffering, and then sent a pillow flying right at your head

“i’m saying i want you to go out with me, dumbass.”

you tried to duck, but still got swatted on the back of your head with the pillow as you asked, “why?”

he laughed humourlessly (and nervously) and then rolled his eyes, “gee, i don’t know, maybe because i don’t want you to feel bad about lying to my family, you sensitive wuss. or maybe because i genuinely have feelings for you, i don’t know.”

you were about to toss the pillow back at him, but then stopped

swallowing hard, you asked, “so which is it?”

“i can’t even breathe right now, which do you think it is?”

you were the one rolling your eyes this time, “can’t you just say it like a normal person, you asshole?”

“it’s already obvious, dimwit.”

“are you seriously only insulting me because you can’t tell me you like me? that’s lame, even for a nerd like you.”

he was groaning in exasperation at this point, “what else do you want me to do? you’re the most oblivious person i’ve ever met. and i don’t like you, you big idiot. i’m pretty sure i’m in love with you.”

mlist | inbox

[jadededge]

Double Trouble || Jookyun - Ch.4

Pairing: JooKyun x Reader

Genre: AU, Romance, Smut

Rating: M

Summary: Jooheon and Changkyun are an inseparable duo. They do everything together, and dating was no exception. You see them all the time and silently pine but eventually meet them and things progress from there.

Basically reader and her two boyfriends. Smut. Fluff.

Wattpad | AO3    (will likely always update these 2 places first)  

Navigation: Chapter 1 | Chapter 2 | Chapter 3 | Chapter 4

"Switching positions, I like to rotate."

"You ready sweetheart?" Jooheon asks.

You nod shyly, smiling up at him. He eases in slowly while hovering his face just above yours. His eyes are piercing straight into you and it is the most exquisite feeling. You both groan as he stretches you.

He pulls back out just a little and back in, getting you both used to the feeling. Once he's sure you're ready, he starts to pick up his pace. You're already feeling so good, you can't stop your moans of adoration from falling.

As if kissing you passionately while slow stroking wasn't enough to make you cum, he leans back and pulls your legs wider apart. In this new position he slams into you at an unrelenting pace. Suddenly you feel Changkyunnie sit to your left.

"You're taking Honey so well." He praises while stroking your hair. You glow on the inside. You can't help but let out the most sensual moan you can muster and squeeze Jooheon involuntarily. This sends him into a frenzy. The sounds filling the room were sinful. Skin slapping, and begging pleas.

"Fuuuuck. That felt amazing. You like it when we praise our Princess, hm?" He teases you, slamming into with accentuated thrust.

You only moan in response. Changkyun slaps your breast in response. "He asked you a question. Answer with words."

"Yes! Fuck- yes, I love it." You yell. "Feels so good. I'm gonna cum." You manage out in between thrust.

Changkyun moves his hand down to your clit and starts rubbing smooth, tight circles to it. You feel yourself nearing your end. "Let go baby."

You feel it deep in your spine. Creeping up to the surface, like the delightfulness of an itch being scratched. The feel of Jooheon filling you up and Changkyun controlling your body with his hands was simply too perfect. You snap.

"Yes baby fuck, I'm going to fill you up so good." His movement becomes erratic. Joo leans forward burying his head in your neck, whispering the sweetest dirtiest promises to you while he cums.

Rolling to your other side, he caresses your face while panting hard. "You are amazing." He leans up to give you a gentle kiss to the forehead.

"Truly. A sight to see." Changkyun adds, mimicking Jooheon's move. "But you're absolutely not done yet. It's my turn." He fake pouts.

"Then it's our turn." Joo adds

You're still reeling from this round. You can't imagine the next two... _______________________________________________________________

The next morning, you woke up to who you assumed was Honey wrapped around your waist, faced pressed to your back, because Changkyunnie was lying facing you. He was still asleep, his breath even and slow. You took this chance to observe him. You smile to yourself.

This sleeping angel shows no traces of the devil he was last night. You sandwiched between him and Honey, filled to the brim for most of the night, you wouldn't expect to be cooing at him this way in the light. He's adorable.

"Aw, I think it's cute. You staring at me with such adoration." He startled you by speaking. Eyes still closed.

You stammer. "What? I- I wasn't staring.." How did he know?

He slowly opens his eyes, "I felt you." He laughs a little. "It's okay. I told you, I think it's cute." He reaches up to gently glide his thumb over your cheek. "Hi." He says.

Your heart melts. "Hi."

He leans in to give you a kiss and you move just a little to meet him. At this, Jooheon grumbles, "Noo." and tightens his hold on you.

Changkyun scoffs, "Cockblocking baby." You chuckle at the pair. "You want breakfast princess?"

"Sure. Whatever's easiest to make." You offer not wanting to have him going out of his way.

"It's easiest for me to give you whatever you desire." He stares at you deeply. "So what would you like?"

You blush hard. "An omelette and toast?"

He squints a little, "I can do that. Relax a little more I'll come get you when it's ready." He leans and kisses you again. While getting up and out of bed, he reaches around and gives Jooheon a slap to the back.

"Fuck! Man, why would you do that?" Jooheon complains.

"You're hogging her, let her move around." Changkyun reprimands while getting dressed.

Joo rolls over mumbling under his breath, "I wasn't the one sucking face all morning. Stupid..." and drifts back off.

You're left laughing during the whole exchange. Rolling to your side, you absentmindedly stroked Honey's back til you're drifting back to sleep.

"Baby. Get up." You hear in your dream. "Baby... Changkyun made breakfast. A whole spread. I helped though." You grumble awake. "He's going to say I didn't but I did."

You roll over to see Jooheon smiling at you. "What time is it?" You ask.

"Just after 11. When I got up you looked so peaceful I didn't want to wake you up." He coos at you.

You smile. "Okay, give me 15 minutes and I'll be down."

Leaving you to your morning routine, you quickly freshen up with the toiletries the boys left for you and head down stairs.

Honey said Changkyun made a spread but you didn't expect all of this.

"Do you all normally eat this much?"

"No. It's for you, obviously."

He's a smartass huh. That's amusing. You think chuckling to yourself. "Thank you Changkyunnie."

You notice he blushes a little before abruptly turning around. "It's nothing.

Jooheon leans in and whispers to you, "He really likes you."

After eating, the 3 of you lounged for some time while chatting. Before you knew it, a couple of hours had passed. You start to think maybe you should leave. You could use a shower in your own space, and, to be honest, you didn't want to seem too clingy.

"Well I had a great morning, but I need to get home." You move to face Jooheon. He had maneuvered you into a cuddle, with you leaning on him.

With a pout he responds, "Nooo. Why? Stay." He puts both his arms around your waist and pulls you in. When he puts his face in the crook of your neck, you nearly lose your resolve.

"Yeah, why? You're tolerable to be around." Changkyun says, kind of off handedly still staring at the tv.

"Aw, see, you have to stay. Changkyunnie really really likes you." Jooheon reveals. "He doesn't like anybody hanging around too long."

"Dude.." Changkyun throws a small pillow at Jooheon.

"I mean, I need to shower and change for starters. And.. well," You regret instantly saying anything. You try to back out.

"We're not sick of you. If that's what you're thinking. Are you sick of us? Are we too clingy?" Jooheon grabs you tighter, staring at you nearly pouting. God, he's adorable. And dangerous...

This is baffling to say the least. This man is nearly the complete opposite of what he seems. He's worried that he's too clingy, ha!

You chuckle a little, "no, you're not too clingy. And I would stay but I still need my things."

"We can get you stuff or take you to your place." Honey moves to put his head in your lap and look up at you. The same position you were in last night. Funny.

Changkyun moves to sit next to you leaning back with his arm stretched along the couch behind you . "I can take you home to shower and get your things. Stay the rest of the weekend with us, Princess."

"What the hell." You decide. "Okay, sure. Take me home and bring me back." You smile at them.

[bteezxyewriter12]

Take My Picture~ Changkyun 2

Pairing- Changkyun x Named Reader

Word count- 1.5k

Includes- sex, riding, sex from behind, multiple orgasms, fluff

Tag List- @mingtina @jaxxmine @yeosayang @delightfulmoonbanana @tannie13 @y00nzin0 @marsstarxhwa @itsshaydeekaydee @seokwoosmole @wisejudgedragonhairdo

Masterlists- check out for more fics

📝Take My Picture Masterlist

📝Monsta X Masterlist

Changkyun POV

I slowly lift up my shirt, exposing my hard earned abs, looking at the camera as the photographer takes a picture

"Serious face", he says

I school my features into a serious yet soft look, the camera shutter going off over and over

I quickly glance at my girlfriend, who's standing behind the photographer

She's glaring at me, her arms crossed

I'm a little confused

Why is she angry?

Is she angry at me?

I'm a little thrown off, but I keep posing for the shoot

As soon as I finish, I look around for her but she's not out on the beach

Did she go inside?

Why didn't she wait for me?

I head to the small building we're using as a place to dress and get hair and makeup to look for her

She's not in the dressing room we're using

There's only like three more rooms in this building so I start heading to the next one to look for her

Passing by the third room, I find her pacing inside

Opening the door, I walk inside, closing it

"Joanne, are-"

I don't even finish what I'm saying before her lips are on mine, kissing me

Fuck

Yes

I kiss her back, my arms going around her

She starts undoing my belt and pants, maneuvering me to the little couch that's in this room

She drops my pants and boxers, pushing me on the couch

I'm so fucking excited

Sitting down, she climbs on me, lifting her short skirt, pulling her panties to the side

I grip her hips helping her slide down my cock

"Oh fuck", she moans, shaking

"Fuck", I groan, pleasure running through me as she starts bouncing on me

Fuck yes

Her hand glides in the back of my hair and she pulls my head back against the couch

She kisses my neck all over, leaving all my nerves on fire

"You bad boy", she growls, "Showing off your body like that, knowing I'm right there"

"Jagi", I whimper, pleasure taking over every cell in my body

"You did it on purpose. You did it so I would jump on you the first break and fuck you", she continues, rolling her hips, her tight cunt taking me back in

Fuck, so good

"Admit Kyunnie", she urges, bouncing slightly "Or I'm not gonna fuck you"

"Yes", I admit, immediately

There is no way she's getting off me right now

No way

I need her pretty wet cunt to stay on me, ride me

"I did it so you'd fuck me jagi. Fuck just looking at you sitting there in your tiny dress, watching me. I wanted to fuck you right there"

"Not nice Kyun. That's the second time you've teased me. You're being mean again", she frowns, stopping all her movements

I know she's talking about the time I fucked her in the kitchen when the guys were in the dining room

I edged her a lot and didn't let her cum on my cock

But I did make it up to her later that night

I ate her cunt good and fucked her hard

Made her cum around eight times

"Sorry baby. Fuck I'm sorry. I won't be mean anymore. I promise"

"Are you sure?", she pouts, starting to move on me again

"I'm sure baby. Please fuck me", I beg

God she is the only girl I've ever begged to fuck me

The only one I will ever beg

She's my everything and I love her so much

"Ok Kyunnie", she says, pressing her lips to mine

She moves faster, slamming hard on me

Fucking hell, feels so good

She's so wet, it's all over me, the squelching sound of her pussy sucking me back in so loud and so pretty

Moving my hips to her ass, I grab her cute cheeks and help her ride my cock

She's pulsing so hard and I just want her cream all over me

Right now

"Cum for me baby", I murmur

"Changkyun, oh fuck yes", she yells, the pleasure of her orgasm amazing

God I love her screaming my name

"Yes baby, cry my name baby girl. Let everyone know who's cock make you feel this good"

"Kyun!"

She finishes but keeps bouncing and I thrust up into her spot when she comes back down

"Fuck", she moans

I slam hard in her over and over, going so deep into her, her cunt holding my shaft in a vice grip

She pants, slamming herself on my cock over and over, getting closer

"Cum on your cock jagi", I whisper in her ear

Thrusting in her as she bounces, she screams my name, coming and shaking

"Changkyun! Changkyun!"

I watch her cum in awe, seeing how beautiful she is

I love watching her cum

Always did

She's in such pleasure and she's leaning back so far, she starts falling backwards

My arms shoot out and I stop her, pulling her to me

I never had a girl cum as hard as she does

I love it and it feels incredible

When she finishes, I pull her off me, she whines, "No. I want back on"

"Get naked now", I order

I'm taking charge now

I let her dom me, now my turn

She pulls her shirt off, takes off her bra and skirt

I watch her strip while I take the rest of my clothes off too

"Get on your hands and knees"

She does exactly what I tell her, her pretty creamy cunt on display

"Good girl", I tell her, so turned on Getting behind her, I thrust inside her pussy, bottoming out instantly

"Yes Changkyun, oh my god"

I slam her again, hard but just once

"Kkk... Kyunnie more", she asks

Thrusting again, only once, I tell her, "No baby. I let you do whatever you wanted on my cock. Now it's my turn to fuck you how I want. And I want you to beg for it"

"You promised you wouldn't be mean!", she whines

"I lied", I smirk

Thrusting again, she moans loudly, her pussy clenching my cock so hard

"I don't hear you baby girl", I growl

"Please give me more Kyunnie. Please baby"

I pound into her hard but at a slow steady pace

The pleasure is amazing, the feel of her tight cunt spreading open for my cock at steady bliss

God I love ruining her

"Please Kyunnie. Wanna cum"

Shoving my cock all in, I grind and rock into her, my head rubbing on her spot

"Yes Kyunnie! Oh fuck", she moans, her body shaking

"Yeah baby girl. Feels so good", I praise her, letting her cunt clench me over and over

"More Kyunnie. I need your cock. Please"

"Ok jagi. You're being such a good girl, begging for me", I tell her, starting to pound slow but hard into her cunt

I watch her pretty slit open and strain around my cock, pouring cream down my length and that sight is fucking mind blowing

She's so little but she takes me so well

"Be my good girl baby and cum", I demand, pounding in her spot

I keep going slow, thrusting in her hard, one slam at a time

She throbs on me and I know the next slam will make her cum

I pull almost all out, then crash back into her, burying my cock right into her spot

"Changkyun!", she screams, coming hard, her arms and legs shaking

Pleasure hits me hard from her orgasm

God it feels amazing

"Good girl", I praise her

Her arms buckle and she starts to fall forward

"Stay up baby. I'm not done fucking you"

She straightens her arms, holding herself up

"Good baby"

Gripping her hips, I pound into her fast and hard

"Kyunnie!", she screams in pleasure, "Don't stop. Oh god don't stop"

I can't stop

I don't want the bliss to stop either

"Get tighter baby", I order and she squeezes my cock harder than before

Jesus, it feels so good pushing through her tightness

"Good girl. You're my good girl", I tell her, slamming away

I feel her getting ready and I can't wait for it

"Kyunnie!", she cries, coming and making pleasure wash over me

"Yes baby. More. I need more", I pant, still fucking her hard, "Cum again"

"Oh fuck!", I hear her moan, her throbbing getting more intense

"Baby listen to me. Cum again. Now!"

"Oh my god!", she shouts, her pussy coming again, drenching me in cream

I can't hold back, the pleasure is too much and I slam inside her, holding her on my cock while I cum hard inside her, filling her tiny cunt

"Joanne, baby girl. Fuck", I shout

When I finish, I pull out and sit back breathing hard while she lays down on her stomach

Laying on top of her, I kiss her shoulders, running my fingers all over her, feeling her skin trembles

She giggles, pushing into me and cuddling as much as she can

"Do you have to go back right now?"

I probably have to for group pictures but if she wants to cuddle they can wait a few minutes

"In a few minutes jagi. But I'll cuddle you until then"

She turns her body around to face me, smiling, "Yay"

My god she's adorable

"Kiss me Kyunnie"

Always

Lowing my mouth to hers I kiss her in a sweet and loving kiss

[1997yakul]

chapter 3: The Wolf

Men With Cold Exteriors and Kind Hearts, Among Other Great Sights

.·͙̩̩͙˚̩̥̩̥̩̩̥͙　✩　̩̩̥͙˚̩̥̩̥̩̩͙‧͙ ..·͙̩̩͙˚̩̥̩̥̩̩̥͙　✩　̩̩̥͙˚̩̥̩̥̩̩͙‧͙ ..·͙̩̩͙˚̩̥̩̥̩̩̥͙　✩　̩̩̥͙˚̩̥̩̥̩̩͙‧͙ ..·͙̩̩͙˚̩̥̩̥̩̩̥͙　✩　̩̩̥͙˚̩̥̩̥̩̩͙‧͙ ..·͙̩̩͙˚̩̥̩̥̩̩̥͙　✩　̩̩̥͙˚̩̥̩̥̩̩͙‧͙ ..·͙̩̩͙˚̩̥̩̥̩̩̥͙　✩　̩̩̥͙˚̩̥̩̥̩̩͙‧͙ ..·͙̩̩͙˚̩̥̩̥

summary: After getting a handle on things at your new job and putting your deposit down on your first apartment, you finally feel like you're proving your worth to the adult world. Only, is your catlike, hot, new boss (that smells too good) going to be an issue? Or, will it be the buff, delicate-mannered, heavy lifter that somehow just became your roommate? Either way-- this is fine, everything's okay, because you're grown now and you can figure it out....

Right?

(masterlist) ☆ (monsta x masterlist)

.｡.:*♡ Pairing: boss!changkyun x gender neutral reader ('pretty girl' is used once…sorry I simply couldn’t resist)

Word Count: 5.4k (chap1, chap2, chap3)

✧ Tags: chose your ending!, angst, humor, kissing, swearing, almost sexy time, absolutely broken changkyun iykyk, self doubt/worry/fear, alcohol consumption

✧ Notes: changkyun's ending !!! yippee enjoy

initially published on ao3 on july 11 2023

✩ fic is below the cut! enjoy ✩

Right as the door shuts, you wag your finger repeatedly at Hyunwoo and he throws his arms up in an accusing manner, bobbing his head saying “He did not hear me!” before getting interrupted with your hand clamping over his mouth.

“He literally turned around! And you are too loud! Still!” He laughs, backing out of your hand.

✱

Kihyun and Chaeyoung meet you at the bus stop the Monday after and are cracking up at videos they took of each other at karaoke. There’s a small pang of sadness, courtesy of FOMO.

And then it swallows itself with warmth at the memory of a ride home from Changkyun.

Sitting alone in the seat across from them, you ask to see the videos. Kihyun is belting out some sad ballad and Chaeyoung is recording, creating a very unstable video that trembles with each one of her bouts of laughter.

Kihyun’s eyes widen after you share some of your night with Changkyun to them. Chaeyoung gasps, huddling close and in a hushed voice says, “No, dude— you’re literally dating at this point.” She points to you, shaking her head slowly. Kihyun agrees, mumbling about how shocked he is that anyone could get Changkyun to loosen up.

“I don’t know, I think we are like… friends now. He told me to call him by his first name.” You say, fumbling with a zipper on your bag. Kihyun and Chaeyoung laugh, shocked beyond words. “I’m serious! I’ll show you, I swear.”

By the time you arrive at work with Kihyun and Chaeyoung, Changkyun is in his office, only the top of his head visible upon entry to the floor. It’s the first time since he transferred here that you’ve come in and the shades have been drawn open on his office windows. His head ducked down so you can only see the slicked black hair slide down the back of his nape, feathering out before the collar of his shirt. He wears this grayish suit, a shade of purple peeks from under his ironed suit jacket. It’s powerful, maybe a muted prussian. The light enters the office from behind him, a window perfectly positioned for a view of the entrance. You’re sure it comes with a direct line of vision to his car. You wonder if Changkyun is one of those men that calls his car his ‘baby’ and boasts about it to other higher-ups using explicitly feminine terms in a grimy sort of fashion. You hope he doesn’t. You decide definitely not, but eventually remind yourself that men always seem to; slowly but surely— ease you into their very secretive misogynistic tendencies only after you’ve started really getting to know them. You’ve had your fair share of Tinder dates fall off the deep end because it turned out that ‘non-political’ just means ‘extremely right leaning, but I know if I set it as this I would get absolutely zero pussy. I’m compromising. Surprise! Let’s talk about Ben Shapiro for an hour at this janky pizza place.’ But, he’s certainly not like that… Well… Okay. Chill out. You don’t really know him, stop assuming. This is what happens when you let yourself indulge in your imagination.

You sit down, logging into your computer and clocking in. Chaeyoung says something about waiting for your ‘bestie’ to pop over, and just as she finishes her sentence, the door to Changkyun’s office swings open. He kicks down the door stopper and makes a b-line to your desk. Chaeyoung scrambles to sit down in time, gripping at her arm rests and accidentally launching a pen into the air.

It falls to the carpeted floor with a sad patter at Changkyun’s feet, a shiny pair of black oxford’s. He presses the toe of his shoe on the tip of the pen, flicking it up. He leans over and grabs it midair, his thumb and palm envelope it. Without ever looking Chaeyoung in the eye, he sets it on her desk. “Good morning.” She mumbles out, “Thank you, Mr. Im.”

He turns, laying his forearm along the divider between your cubicle and Chaeyoung’s. “Hello.” He greets, leaning over a little to meet your eye level better.

Your heart fills your chest, thumping hard enough that it reaches your ears. You swallow hard and turn to him. “Hi, Changkyun.”

He cocks his head a little, straightening up and adjusting his sleeve around his wrist. “Mr. Im, right?” He smiles, it’s a little too proud, and now you feel weak again. Kihyun’s expression grows weary. “Can you follow me to my office?” Suddenly, the calm sound of hushed voices and rustling papers halts, and a few heads turn to face you and Changkyun. Your mouth feels dry, and your palms begin to sweat.

“Sure, Mr. Im.” You stand slow, waiting for him to back up a little so you have more room to move— but he just holds his ground. You shuffle around your spinny chair until he starts making his way to his office, then you shove the chair aside and glance at your friends. They are both making crazy eyes, and Kihyun offers a shrug. You shake your head unknowingly.

“Close the door behind you, please.” He says, his voice always grumbling lowly, and you follow his cologne like it comes with a leash. He gives his shades a few twists, just to give a little more privacy. The room gets darker, and he pulls out the chair for you. “So,” he points to your seat before fixing his belt. He leans on the side of his desk, his name plaque new and shiny, gold. “I was wondering if you had any ideas for a company outing.”

“This isn’t about me calling you by your first name?”

He blinks a little dumbly before glancing out the windowed door, heads fire back to their computers at his silent command. “No, I mean. That too, but this means more to me.” He feels up and down his right arm. “Don’t call me that in the office, I’d prefer if we kept it formal at work, you know…” His eyebrows thread together, fighting as he tries to find the right words. “Please.”

You nod, two times very firmly. “Company outing, um…” Checking over to your right, Kihyun and Chaeyoung are peering over their dividers at you. “Well I know some employees really like karaoke.” He nods in agreement, his fingers brushing softly at the tip of his nose.

“And that would be fun, for everyone to go do karaoke?”

“Maybe, like, eat and then do karaoke? Just so it’s an easier warm up.”

He nods, motioning to the door. “Okay, thank you. I’ll take that into consideration.” You stand up, kind of bug eyed, and push the chair back in, leaving with your hands close to your sides. You let the door close quietly before speed walking back to your cubicle. Kihyun and Chaeyoung both lean in to hear what happened, and you wave them off, peeking back at Changkyun. He is nervously pacing around his office, his face adorning a stern, thoughtful look.

✱

It doesn’t take long for the plans to become final, Changkyun sets up a company outing for that Friday, saying it will boost morale and help him get to know everyone better.

Changkyun is about four shots in when he says he is done drinking. He’s got a red flush across his nose bridge and cheeks, and his jaw is looser than usual, not clenched or as serious as he usually keeps it. He says something along the lines of… “Finish this on your own, this is the best I’ll feel all night” or “This is the end for me, I’m perfectly tipsy.” You can’t exactly recollect the wording, but it does something to your stomach nonetheless. The IT guy who sits next to Changkyun laughs hard, obviously more drunk. He unbuttons the top two buttons on Changkyun’s shirt, saying it’s too hot for him to still be wearing his full suit. Changkyun agrees sheepishly, wiggling off his jacket and folding it over the back of his chair.

He runs his hands from his forehead to the crown of his head, stopping there for a moment to scratch a little at his scalp. His mouth fills up with hot air, releasing it through his nose. He rubs his knuckles over his top lip, catching any sweat forming and leans back in his chair. The front legs lift off the ground ever so slightly, and he unbuttons the third button of his shirt on his own. He grabs at the bottom of his papery button up and tugs firmly a few times, enough to get fresh air. His cologne trickles down the table, it’s warm now, usually cold. Humid, and slightly tepid. The room smells of alcohol and heat. Stuffy and masculine. Kihyun and Chaeyoung pass you a shot each, and you take them before your brain can conjure up a reason not to.

The guy sitting across from Changkyun laughs heartily before getting his words out, pointing a hand up in the air. “I have an idea.” He is as drunk as one could get, hiccuping embarrassingly between syllables. “Let’s just do, uhm… let’s all play Smash or Pass.” Changkyun wordlessly shakes his head ‘No,’ lifting an arm from his lap onto the table.

“I organized this, thanks to Y/N” Changkyun starts, his words soft and tender, hand movements flow wistfully. “This was meant to be a way for me to get to know you guys a bit better, I don’t want—”

“Okay, we all know who you’re smashing!” Someone shouts out from your end of the table, and Changkyun shouts back before he can process what he is getting himself into.

“Who would that be!?” He points at the guy asking, his eyebrows uneven and mouth loose. It’s quiet for a second, and Changkyun scans up and down the table to see if anyone really has the gall.

“Y/N.” Someone says obtusely, it’s a statement rather than a question or a suggestion, and a few other people laugh in agreement. Now the table has a weird air of uncomfortableness as people wait for Changkyun or you to respond. The only reason it’s not unbearably awkward is because you can assume not many people will remember this tomorrow. Chaeyoung laughs the absolute hardest, and Kihyun grabs at her shoulders to calm her down. Your body freezes, mid-sip and you blink once, eyes shifting to Changkyun.

His face slowly droops, eyebrows furrowing in a hurt way.

“You couldn’t get mamas in your dreams!!!” Chaeyoung yells, grabbing a wad of dirty napkin and throwing it limply in his direction. Her cry jumpstarts the ruckus once more. The tissue barely makes it an inch towards him, and he only evinces a weak snarl, recoiling ever so slightly.

“Chaeyoung!” You shout, setting down your glass hard enough that it splashes in the cup. “Stop that!” You are tipsy too, and the words can’t come like they would if you weren’t. You feel limp and defeated, and Changkyun’s expression is heartbreaking.

His jaw juts out slightly, his cheeks hollowing as he thinks, and the table grows quiet once again. His eyes scan back and forth down the table at the plates and glasses, shaking his head in disapprovement. “That is…” He stands up, pushing his chair back and stumbling around in his spot, the girl next to him puts her hands up to protect herself as he stabilizes, rocking back and forth slightly between his wobbly legs. He bites at his lip, finally scanning the faces at the table until he meets your eyes. You weren’t thinking about your expression before now, but from his reaction you can tell it was obviously some form of disgust. He shakes his head, “I’m really so sorry.” He says, and a few other people mumble out apologies around you.

He stands up, grabbing something from his pockets as he pushes the exit door open, and the table is met with the most awkward silence you have ever experienced. Two girls whisper amongst themselves, standing up and walking to the bathroom together. Tears spring just slightly at your eyes when you realize the importance of what just happened, and the effect it will certainly have on Changkyun and your friendship. The nice buzz is just setting in, and you stand up and force yourself to follow him out.

“Hi.” You say, gentle as you let the door fall closed behind you. His wide shoulders greet you before he can turn around, the few clicks of a lighter sound out before he turns to face you. A cool gust of wind passes you both by, and his shirt flaps harshly against his chest, his hair ruffled and fucked from him rutting his fingers back and forth through it. “It’s nice out here, wow. Less stuffy.” You smile the words out, hoping he’ll wordlessly agree to forget about the whole thing. He’s got a cigarette between his fingers and he looks down at you, silently. He huffs, exhaling towards the street so the smoke doesn’t hit you, but the wind brings it to your face anyway. You cough a little, eyes tingling as you lift your face up to see him. Tears have filled up his eyes to the brim. His face is dark, and he smirks slightly around his cigarette, using a free hand to untuck his shirt.

He chuckles, dropping his wrist to his thigh, holding his cigarette below. “I’m sorry.” He repeats, wiping his sleeve twice at each eye. You pull his arm down, fingers gripping at his sleeve. His eyes are red, cheeks still rosy. You run your thumb along his waterline, and he wets his lower lip. He taps a little at his cigarette, holding it down by his side.

“Shouldn’t I be the one crying?” You smile up at him, and he finally smiles back. You feel fuzzy. Light on your toes, you run your hand down his cheek, and he melts. His eyes close and his shoulders droop, face sinking into your palm, warm and calm. Two tears run down his cheeks onto your hand, splitting off down into the delicate texture of your skin. “You need this.” You whisper, and he smiles so slightly, face so tired and gaunt. You reach, slow around his waist up to his back, and run your hand down until his spine curves. He leans into you, folding over your shoulder limply. He says nothing, only settles into your body as his breathing slows. He uses one forearm to prop himself off of you, pressing his arm flat against the glass with a sharp 90 degree bend at his elbow, careful not to lean anymore weight on you. You would worry about your coworkers seeing you, but your buzz is perfect, he’s lovely, and the sheer curtains are doing enough for your own level of comfort.

He mumbles, folding an arm around your waist. “There’s so much I want to say, in another setting.” He’s heavy, but gravity feels fake, and there’s a lightness that encapsulates the both of you. “Just— just for now,” He exhales the last of his uneven breaths. “Please take your time with me.” His voice crumbles a bit, like he’s ashamed or knows it’s wrong to ask for this or behave this way with an inferior. The forearm pressed flesh against the glass drops, and he huffs, face craned next to your ear. He’s tired and mellows out over your shoulder, maybe it’s the first time he’s been this honestly exhausted with someone. Like the act is done and over. He’s not unapologetic about it, he’s just ashamed and tired. As if he doesn’t want to be perceived this way, but has realized he has no choice.

You can’t remember the last time you held someone who needed to be held as much as Changkyun. You wrap your arms around him too.

✱

A lot of the employees are missing when Changkyun and you return to your table in the restaurant. Kihyun is patting Chaeyoung on the back as she downs another noodle side dish. Changkyun’s demeanor is completely different, the last second you checked on him before entering the restaurant again, he was bent over and worn looking, like a worn teddy bear with not enough stuffing. Now he was tall and powerful, chest puffed slightly and eyes just a little puffy (he assured one of your coworkers it was the sodium). “So, karaoke?” He says, broadening his shoulders, finishing his suggestion by cupping his hands together. Kihyun mumbles something to Chaeyoung, but she yells out many mushed words of approval before processing anything he says.

“Shhh! It’s fine!” She fawns, twisting around to face Kihyun, who’s worried expression releases into satisfaction.

It’s not a karaoke session in Korea without Big Bang. Kihyun chooses something cheesy and melodic and Chaeyoung tells him to skip it before he gets a word out. They battle over the tambourine and Changkyun only joins in to break them up when Bae Bae comes on and he’s had another few drinks in him, he sings everything flat and his eyes bore holes into Kihyun as he helps Chaeyoung pull off her cardigan. The room is musty and hot, and there’s at least 8 or 9 of you smashed along the couch, exposed skin sticking to the sweating leather seats. Changkyun’s cologne still envelopes the room, and even if you close your eyes to calm down your bouncing heart rate, you smell him and the lavishness of his skin. The dry tobacco scent from his cigarette at the restaurant clings to him. He folds his fingers one at a time over your wrist to get you to stand, a limp tug like he wants you to get up, but isn’t telling you to. You get up anyway.

He points to you, singing T.O.P’s verse like he really means it, kind of wobbling around flimsily. He’s all goofy and sways around the hot room, and taking his free hand to touch those on the couch like he’s a genuine celebrity. You smile big, laughing every once in a while when he fucks up the lyrics and has to stop in his tracks and look back at the screen, having to hang up the charismatic facade as he figures out the words. Once he gets back in the swing of things, he acts like he never stopped in the first place. He’s hypnotic and beguiling like he has always been and rocks his head back and forth, exposing his neck, slicked with sweat like a sacrificial offering. He glances over at you just slightly when he sings “My body wraps around yours so perfectly” and you think it’s all profusely nostalgic, like maybe you dreamt of this as a dinky tween. The only problem is he breaks eye contact two seconds later and grabs hold of another employee and tugs at her sleeve to stand, but it's not like what he did with you earlier, this tug is demanding. He’s desperate. The irrepressible urge to scream grows in your throat, and you whisper to Kihyun that you’re going out to get some air.

It’s a good few breaths you take outside, like finally the cool air can hit you again like it did outside the restaurant. You pull out your phone to mindlessly scroll, just for a minute or two. The clock reads 22:27. Hyunwoo texts you a peculiar gif not a second later, it’s a very specific reference to a conversation you had with him earlier. It feels nice to know he listens so carefully. A gray bubble pops up before you can type a response. ‘How’s it going? Havin fun?’ You smile, your heart tugs a little and you feel grounded again. “Soooo much fun.” A voice grumbles behind you, and Changkyun leans over your shoulder, craning around your back and slipping his arms under yours, his hands folding over yours, fingers aligning as he begins to type for you. “Good?” He breathes out, and you have to turn your head away from him to calm down. Your heart thumps heavily, so heavy and powerful that it hurts, a low droning pain.

He doesn’t send the text before you can turn back around to face him, and he steps back a bit to stabilize himself. You hold your thumb on the backspace until each word disappears, and your eyes meet Changkyun’s for a moment before you look down to your feet. They’re heavy-lidded now, and his hair is still all sorts of fucked up. Your heart pumps at an unbearable rate, and you can hear your pulse through your ears. “Stop being so…” he exasperates, threading a hair behind your ear. Leans in, close enough for his breath to tickle, “…scared of me.”

You have to stretch a little to shake off the haze that’s settling over your mind, and his hands drag from under your arms down to the top of your hips, and they settle along them like they were made to be there all along. You open your mouth, but nothing that your brain skims through can accurately reply. “Okay.” You nod up at him, like you only know obedience.

He dips his head back down, his bottom lip drags over your neck, and he kisses you there once or twice. He lets out these soft little sounds like he’s too excited for words. “You’re so pretty,” he mumbles. “Fuck, so good. So pretty.” Your hand grazes over his neck and slides down until your thumb traces over his collarbone. He kisses less sloppy this time, on your neck again, on your cheek, on your jaw. Avoiding your lips like he’s saving them for later.

He’s been doing shots, you think. “I’m so grateful that I met you.” He whispers over your ear, and his arms wrap further around your waist, inching back up. “You know, earlier…” He starts, carefully, like it’s a sensitive topic that he doesn’t mean to offend with. “Thank you for understanding.” It’s weird, you think. He’s being endearing, or at least he’s trying to. You can feel him in his suit pants and he’s just growing harder. You push him off slow. “It’s okay, yeah?” He’s so drunk he’s barely awake. You can only bite at your lip and look away. More than anything in the world, you would like to fuck Changkyun. Even just once, even if it made your job so much harder and so much more awkward after. You just think it would be so good that it would all be worth it. But he’s too drunk, so you can’t. “I’m drunk, I’m drunk. I really like you, if you like me…” His words get sloppier and guilt pits in your stomach heavier than you can handle. You push him with two fingers back further like you’re really annoyed now, he has to stabilize himself by gripping a railing. You head back inside.

✱

Changkyun is an enigma. It seems with everything in his career, he faces it head on. With you, he’s careful, would never expect a clear answer or decision unless it's statistics on a file. Ever since that night at karaoke, he's cowered away in humiliation. You’re sure he wants you both to forget the whole thing, but it's so difficult with the words he spoke to you circling your head like the last drops of water down the drain. It takes a week before you realize that he’s not going to address the situation on his own, and if you want something to give, you're going to have to be the one who initializes the first push.

You fake overtime, knowing he usually stays later than the rest of you, you text Kihyun and Chaeyoung that you’ll call them after you speak to him and let them know all of the details. As soon as your last coworker wishes you a good night and the elevator doors close before her, your stomach pits like you've just thrown yourself into the lion’s den. It's the worst mistake you've made, and terror envelopes your entire system. You tell yourself in 15 minutes you’ll go knock on his door, sliding headphones on to calm yourself down. Shuffling a playlist a few times, you focus on your breathing while putting some stray pens and papers back into your filing drawer. When you hear Changkyun’s office door open way sooner than expected, your throat dries in an instant, your eyes glued to your desk and you work on trying to become as small and unnoticeable as possible.

His voice penetrates the wall you've desperately tried to build, and you turn quickly to face the direction it comes from, pushing off your headphones so they can fall around your neck. It's only then you realize that your music was never connected to them. You stand out of your chair suddenly. Changkyun looms, his silhouette shaded, one of the few light sources in the room is a lamp behind him. You cock your head slightly at him and he repeats himself: “Narcos.”

Your eyes flicker to your phone, and he's right. You were listening to the Narcos theme, outloud. “Sorry. I thought my headphones were–” Changkyun’s lips frown, and he shakes his head in disapproval, his arms folded over his chest. So you cut yourself short, grabbing your bag in a rush to just get out because the whole thing felt like a mistake.

“Do you know what the lyrics are about?” He doesn't try stopping you from packing away your things or help you clean up, he just watches with arms crossed. You shake your head, slowing down movements, trying to process the situation. “Drowning fear with love.”

“Why didn't you come to talk to me?” You surprise yourself with your sudden outburst, pinching yourself in the thigh.

He sighs like he’s been preparing what he’s about to say. “I overstepped. If anyone was going to reach out again, it should not have been me.” Your heart tugs because he's thought it out and was respectful and right. He was right.

“Why'd you have to drink so much?” Your eyes trace over the darkness that has hidden him so well.

You can hear him smile, and the song still plays behind you. “Because I’m smitten for someone I shouldn't be.” His head tilts down to his shoes on the carpet, a few strands of his slicked hair fall forward. Your heart feels like it's on a linear path to explosion. “Someone I have too much power over already.” He inhales deeply, and you move slowly to face him, releasing the pen in your hand.

“They make me nervous. I care a lot about how this person sees me, and I was worried they saw me as too uptight. So I did the only thing I knew would make me less uptight. Like a jackass.”

“Well doing that to me was the most jackass thing you've ever done, so you’ve got your worries in the wrong place.”

”Smitten” lt tingles in your stomach.

“I’m sorry. I know.” He steps forward twice until he can be illuminated by your desk light, and he looks magnificent. His eyelids hang heavily and he has dark bags under his eyes. The curve of his back as he looks down, his dress shirt flexing over his shoulders as he reaches to put the pen in a cup. “It was gross. I’m a dog.”

“No, idiot. No. You’re so stupid.” You pull the pen back out from the cup and slap it back onto your desk. His eyes light up, widening at your reaction. “You’re not a dog. You made me want you when I couldn't have you.” Changkyun has to tilt his head back slightly to give you room to come closer. “You made me worry for you and then disappeared like you didn’t need me. You’re a cat.” The song slows to a complete halt and the office is completely silent besides the air conditioning stuttering to keep up.

“I do.” Changkyun whispers. “I do need you.” His fingers float around your head like he isn’t sure if he’s allowed to touch. “You wanted me.” He says, and you’re unsure if it’s a question. You don’t care, you nod anyways, pulling his hand to your face like he did to you a week ago. “Pretty.” He mumbles, tilting his head to get a better view. You can barely keep your eyes open, and he places his other hand on your cheek before pulling you close to him again. Back into his embrace, where his cologne suffocates the air around you. You’d be happy to only breathe this air forever. “You’re so pretty.” He wraps an arm around your waist, holding tight enough that your hips push into each other, colliding dully. This time his words aren’t slurred, they’re just kept quiet, like a secret meant to keep between the two of you. “I’m your cat.” Your heart pounds against him, and he pulls both of his arms around to your back so he can take off his watch, sliding it off and setting it on your desk behind you. He lifts you up by your thighs and rests you next to it, your fingers brush the cool metal as you stabilize yourself.

He backs up for a second, just so he can scan over your face for any implication you don’t want him. “I’m, really…” He laughs, looking at his feet before centering himself on you again. Feeling at his cheeks with the back of his hand. “I’m really smitten.”

“Prove it.” You whisper, and Changkyun steps forward again, smoothly sliding a palm around the side of your neck, leaning in slowly, eyelashes hiding his pupils.

“I did already. Don’t you remember when I tried to fuck you after singing?” He smiles, proud of himself now for being able to keep his impulses at bay. You let your head loll from side to side like you’re deep in thought.

You hum a note of approval, “I would’ve let you if I knew you could’ve kept it up for more than a minute. It never lasts when you’re that drunk.” Your fingers brush down the side of his cheek, and Changkyun’s eyebrows thread conspicuously. He situates himself deeper between your legs.

“Let me make it up to you.” His palm lands on top of your thigh, brushing up and down. “You’re too perfect.”

You stare at him, angled down just a little from your seat on the desk. “What did you say earlier…” You prod, pushing Changkyun back an inch with a hand on his chest. “Called yourself a kitty. My kitty”

He shakes his head this time, whatever to get his point across, he’ll take. You drag your nails down the side of his neck, leaning in to press kisses on the opposite side, and needy noises fall from his lips. His shoe twisting into the carpet, he leans further in again, grabbing a fistful of ass as compensation. You make your way over to his lips, finally fulfilling the need. He nips quickly and sharply at your bottom lip, his hand forking through your hair. “Fuck” he groans, “fuck me.” “Please.” His voice mellows out as his phone starts buzzing in his back pocket. You sigh deeply, dropping your face to your hands, his face hot and legs tangled up in his. You pull away at the same time he does, checking it quickly before ending the call without ever picking it up. His pupils are blown out, cheeks are a bright pink, lips plumped and a little shiny from your makeup. You pat at his hair, rutting through knots with your fingers.

“I made dinner reservations for us because I had planned to apologize. Like a boss would.” He catches the hand on his head with his own. “Not how I expected today to go.”

“I’m hungry.” You shrug with a smile, and he eyes you completely baffled. He stares for a moment before shrugging.

“I’m with you.”

“Let’s go, Kitty cat.” You slide yourself off the side of the desk, fixing your skirt as Changkyun fixes your hair.

He halts his hands before letting them fall with a pinch of one of your cheeks. “Don’t let that be a thing, please.”

✱

chapter 1 ☆ chapter 2: "The Bear"

(masterlist) ☆ (monsta x masterlist)

[santoteez]

Love Haul - Changkyun

Genre: Smut/Fluff

Idol: Im Changkyun of MONSTA X

Word Count: 4.5K

Warnings: NOT edited, swearing, oral m and f receiving, dirty talk, overstimulation, squirting, pwp, penetrative sex, reader is black fem (any warnings I forgot pls let me know im so sorry it is almost 1 am for me)

Tiana scowled as she watched Changkyun open shop. The blond-haired boy had rented out the retail space across from Tiana’s clothing store about a month ago, and that’s when it all started to go downhill. She watched as her sales declined while even her regulars browsed and purchased every garment on his walls. She rubbed her temples, leaning forward against the counter. What was so special about that store? Was there gold embedded in the stitching? 

At that moment, Changkyun stepped out onto the sidewalk. He took a deep breath, running a hand through his bleached locks. His gaze met Tiana’s, their eyes locking for a split second. He sent a smirk her way, leaning against the mailbox.

Tiana’s scowl deepened as she looked away, opening the till.

“Close that drawer, because you know as well as I do the amount of bills in there hasn’t changed,” Amara called out from the stockroom.

“Don’t make me fire you,” Tiana grumbled.

“Over telling you the truth? That’s unlawful.” She walked up to the counter, looking out to the other store. “But seriously, Tee, I’ve never seen you this worked up over someone before. And I’ve known you for a decade.”

“I’m not worked up,” Tiana retorted, “I’m just worried we haven’t made enough to keep the lights on.”

“Don’t talk like that. Okay, maybe we’ve had a few slow days.” Amara shrugged.

“It’s going to be a slow month if that store keeps booming the way it is.”

“There you go worrying about that man again. How can you expect shoppers to think about Love-Washed if you’re not even doing it?” Amara pushed herself off the counter. “I’m going to count the inventory.”

“Again?”

“It beats standing here with the Changkyun Fanclub.”

Tiana pouted. Sure, the man was attractive, but that wasn’t the point. She wasn’t worked up about Changkyun, it was Duality she had a problem with.

While Love-Washed was a boutique with primarily feminine clothing and jewelry, Duality was a unisex and genderless outlet. Changkyun didn’t believe in clothing exclusively for one binary or the other; if it fits, wear it. This is what drove so many people to his store in the first place.

Tiana turned to the display stand behind her, removing the jewelry that was on it.

*ding*

Tiana froze. Was that the door? This was the first time someone had come into the store all day.

She stood up straight. “Welcome to Love-” She paused.

There, standing in the middle of her store, was Im Changkyun.

She sighed. “What are you doing here?”

He chuckled. “Tiana, why are you so mean?”

“I’m not mean, I just want to know why you’re here.”

“I’m shopping.”

Tiana narrowed her eyes at the much taller man. “What are you interested in?”

“Something pretty, but not too flashy.”

Tiana nodded, lowering to the display case in front of her. “I have these. Or maybe you’re in the market for a bracelet or ring?”

Changkyun scanned the variety of necklaces before shaking his head. “None of these are quite what I’m looking for.”

“Well, what ARE you looking for?”

He lifted his head, looking just past Tiana. “There was this necklace up on that shelf a while ago. It had a purple heart gemstone, possibly amethyst.”

“Oh,” Tiana’s eyes widened, “Yes, it’s here. I just took it down.” She turned, reaching into the bin next to her.

“Is there a reason you took it down?”

She shrugged. “It’s been up there for a while. No one’s bought it, so I’m switching it out for a new one.”

“So what do you do with them afterward?”

“Put them in the stockroom, either circulate them again or donate them. Did you want a bag?”

“No, that’s okay. How much?”

“$63.78.” Tiana swiped his card before handing it back along with his receipt. “Here you are.” She smiled.

“Thanks, neighbor.” He dropped the necklace into his pocket. “I’ll be seeing you.” He smiled, spinning on his heels.

Tiana watched as he walked out the door, crossing the cobblestone walkway before entering his store once more. She leaned forward, her head resting in her palm. Was the necklace for himself? A gift? Probably not a gift if he didn’t even need a bag.

She blinked. Why did she even care? It wasn’t her business. Exhaling audibly, she picked up her bin of jewelry and made her way to the stockroom.

2 weeks later, Tiana was flipping through a magazine when the door's chime caught her attention.

“Look who it is,” Her gaze returned to her magazine, “It’s been so long I was worried you forgot how to get here.” She said, sarcasm evident in her tone.

“Aww, Tiana. If I didn’t know any better, I’d say you missed little ol’ me.” Carmela smirked, strutting up to the counter as if Love-Washed was her runway. “You know I could never abandon my favorite store.”

“Your favorite store you haven’t been to in almost a month.”

Carmela sighed. “Darling, you know I have to stay on top of trends. And Duality has been all the rage in the shopping center since it opened. Surely you understand.”

Tiana sighed. Carmela was an influencer with a big following, so she was the conductor if there was a new bandwagon. 

“So what brings you in today?”

“Can’t you tell? Duality is closed, love. I came to see what’s new over here.”

“They’re closed?” Tiana furrowed her eyebrows, “I didn’t know that.”

“Well, it looks like someone is in there, but the sign on the door says they aren’t taking any customers.” Carmela shrugged. “Enough about them. Show me what I’ve missed in my absence.” She waved her hand around frantically.

Tiana pulled out the displays from the cabinet. Carmela may have only been there by chance, but she had to make money somehow.

Several hours and multiple customers later, Tiana found herself at the window at the front of the store. She squinted her eyes at the sign, but couldn��t make out the words.

“Amara, I’ll be right back!” She called out, not waiting for a response.

She walked through the threshold, her sandals clicking against the cobblestone. Up close, she made out the words ‘Closed for creative development. See you tomorrow.’ scribbled on the copy paper.

“Huh, they really are closed,” Tiana said, leaning against the door to peek in. The door suddenly swung open, and she stumbled through the threshold.

Tiana held her breath, scared that an exhale would turn into a gasp. The sign says it’s closed, but the door is unlocked? She looked around. There were no workers and Changkyun was nowhere to be found. Had the door been left unlocked by accident? 

She walked further in, observing the garments along the walls, racks, and shelves. She noticed the flowy, white button-up Changkyun wore to her shop two weeks ago. She made her way to the marble stone counter, then passed that to a door that said ‘Authorized Staff Only.’ She pushed the door curiously and just like the front, this one swung wide open. 

“What am I doing? This is ridiculous.” She said to herself. The sign clearly says closed, and yet here she was peeking into the backroom. Surely she wouldn’t be happy if someone did this at her store, so why was she here?

Just as she was about to turn around, walk out and forget she was ever there, something caught her eye. There, in the far corner of the room, was a sewing machine. It looked like someone had left it mid-use, as the fabric was hanging from the presser. Next to the machine, was a pile of paper sprawled across the table.

Tiana hesitated. She knew she should leave. It was wrong for her to be there, but something about those papers was causing her to gravitate further into the room. Were they sketches? Plans for his next collection? What was he working on?

‘I’ll just take a peek.’ She thought to herself. Yeah, she’d just take a look at what he’s working on, and try to understand his creative process for his collections. Then she’d walk back out and forget she was ever there.

She reached the table and thumbed through the sketches. Her eyes widened in awe. Changkyun was extremely talented if these were any indication. He paid great attention to detail and created his ideas with a wide variety of bodies in mind.

She nodded to herself. She had taken a glance at his work as she said. It was time to leave. She backed up only to hit a warm, firm chest. She froze as she watched a pair of toned arms circle around her and rest on the table, trapping her in.

“What do we have here?”

If it were possible for time to sit completely still, void of all movement, Tiana was experiencing it right now. Her insatiable nosiness led her straight to Changkyun’s arms. She was no better than a rabbit chasing a carrot on a string.

She turned around slowly, coming face to face with that godforsaken smirk she’s only seen from across the street numerous times before.

“Hm? You usually have a lot to say. You’re so quiet today.” He mumbled, his hand reaching up to grasp her chin.

Tiana instinctively tried to back up but it was no use, her lower back pressing into the table behind her.

“Hm, let’s see here. I know you didn’t come over here just to say hi. You don’t like me enough to do that.” He peeked behind her at the table. “Seemed very interested in my work. If I didn’t know any better I’d say you’re trying to steal from me.”

Tiana blinked. She scanned his features for any sign that he might be joking. Finding none, she refuted, “There isn’t a bone in my body that steals.”

“Oh? So it hasn’t crossed your mind the entire time you’ve been here?”

She sighed, refusing to meet his gaze. Okay, maybe she thought about it once or twice. But she wasn’t going to admit that to him.

“If you’re not going to talk, I’m sure the other merchants in town would love to hear how a fellow store owner was caught snooping around someone else’s designs.”

Tiana scoffed. “Like they’d believe you. That’s not even what I was doing!”

Changkyun raised an eyebrow. “Enlighten me.”

“I heard from Carmela that you were closed today, so I was trying to read the sign. But it was handwritten and hard to see, so I came to see what it said. I leaned against the door because I just couldn’t believe the store that nearly put me out of business is suddenly closed. That’s when I realized the door was unlocked and I stumbled in. It was the first time I’ve ever been in here, so I got distracted taking it all in. Before I realized what I was doing, I was at the staff door and then at the table letting curiosity get the best of me. Then you caught me and here we are.”

“Oh? So that’s the story?”

“It’s what happened.”

“Well, now that you’re here and you’ve peeked into my work, what do you think?”

Tiana turned back around. “There’s no denying your talent, that’s for sure.” It was true. From the sketches to the choice of fabrics, Changkyun knew what he was doing.

“A compliment. From Tiana herself?” He laughed when she smacked his arm. “Thank you. I’m hoping to get at least a couple of them done before showing my team. They get the last say on if I should make more to put on the floor or not.”

“You sew all of these yourself?” She asked in disbelief. There’s no way everything on the sales floor came from Changkyun sitting at this sewing machine.

“Don’t sound so surprised,” He chuckled, stepping towards Tiana. He closed the space between them, his chest flush against her back. She wondered when he found the time to work out with running a business. “I have a select few of my team members that help me with sewing once I’ve perfected the design, but most of them are sewn by me personally. A lot of things I’ve sold in the past were sewn by me since I didn’t always have a team.”

Tiana raised her eyebrows, clearly impressed. “Who would’ve known that you were more than a pretty face?”

He smirked. “I have a pretty face?”

“Like you don’t know.” She rolled her eyes.

“I do. I just wanted to hear you say it again.” He said, fingertips lightly grazing her arms, leaving goosebumps in their wake.

“W-what are you doing?” Tiana laughed softly, rubbing her arms.

When Changkyun didn’t respond, Tiana turned to face him, looking up. She locked eyes with him, the intensity of his gaze startling her.

“Why are you looking at me like that?”

He leaned forward. “I’m going to kiss you. If you don’t want to kiss me, push me away.”

Tiana panicked as Changkyun came impossibly closer, eyes closed.

Was she really going to just let this happen?

Did she want this?

Sighing, her eyes fluttered shut. ‘Not the craziest thing to happen today.’ she thought.

Millimeters away from her lips, Changkyun opened his eyes slightly. Smirking when he saw her eyes closed, he let his lips crash onto hers.

When their lips met, Tiana’s stomach filled with what she refused to believe were butterflies. His lips and kiss were soft, a sharp contrast from the secure hold he had on her waist. Her hands found purchase in his golden locks, pulling him in closer. He obliged, large hands wrapping around her thighs. His lips trailed down her neck, light bite marks as evidence of his actions.

He caressed her cheek, his lips now beside her ear. “Do you wanna do something for me?”

Tiana looked at him through lidded eyes. “Something like what?” she whispered back. 

He spun them around so he was leaning against the table. Tiana watched as he pulled his shirt over his head, flinging it across the room. Her eyes followed his hands as they made work on his belt buckle.

“Get on your knees.”

Now, normally, Tiana would tell a man to go to hell for such a demand.

But that’s not what happened here.

Instead, she sank to the floor without a fight.

“Hmm, look at that. So you do know how to follow instructions.” he laughed when she glared at him. “Come on, I’m just kidding.” He yanked his pants down, his cock straining against the stretchy material of his boxers. He pulled them down just enough to free himself, the organ slapping against his stomach. He ran a hand through his hair while the other beckoned Tiana with a ‘come hither’ motion.

Reaching her hand out, Tiana wrapped her hand around his cock. She took him into her mouth slowly, tongue swirling around the tip.

Changkyun hissed. “That’s it, baby.” He mumbled.

She bobbed her head as she tried to take him whole, humming when her gag reflex kicked in. He was the heaviest she ever had, the weight of him settling on her tongue.

“Mmm, you’re so fucking good at that.” He sighed, smiling when Tiana moaned against him. “Aw, you like hearing that you’re doing a good job? Who would’ve known that the mean woman from across the street would be sucking me off in my backroom? Does Amara know you’re over here with a face full of cock?”

Tiana moaned again, speeding up her efforts. She used her free hand to massage his balls, kneading them vigorously while she hollowed her cheeks, causing Changkyun to throw his head back.

She felt his cock twitch just before he said, “Come here.”

Once she was on her feet again, he pulled her in for a kiss, this time much sloppier and messier than before. He leaned her against the table before pushing all the sketches aside and sitting her in their place. “Lay back.” He said, unbuttoning her pants. Tiana could feel her heart racing as she lifted her hips, allowing him to slide them off her legs.

As if reading her mind, Changkyun rubbed her thigh soothingly. “Don’t feel nervous. It’s okay.” He said, kneeling before the table. 

Pulling her panties to the side, he hummed in satisfaction at the dark patch that had formed at the center. “All this just from sucking dick? I think I like you more than I thought I did.” Sticking out his tongue, he licked slowly and languidly from her core to her clit, where he paused to suck harshly.

Tiana gasped, her hands anchoring themselves at the edge of the table. Her back arched off the table as Changkyun’s tongue danced skillfully and gracefully, alternating between short, swift licks and soft, lazy ones. 

“Stay still.” Changkyun gritted through his teeth, wrapping his arms around both her thighs, halting all movement.

“It’s too much, can’t take it.” She whimpered.

“You can and you will.” He said, sliding two fingers deep into her wet cunt, curling them expertly.

“Fuck!” Tiana’s breath quickened as her thighs trembled.

Changkyun hummed, sensing her orgasm approaching. “Look at me when you cum.”

Sitting up, Tiana made eye contact with Changkyun, who had become a lust-filled mess. The entire bottom half of his face was glistening with arousal, his pupils were dilated and his gaze was fixated on hers.

“Baby, I’m gonna cum if you keep going like that.” She said, her body set ablaze from the heat this torturous pleasure was emitting.

Finally, the knot in Tiana’s stomach finally snapped and her whole body shook as her orgasm took over. She writhed when Changkyun had yet to stop sucking. She pushed his face away, watching as strings of her arousal stuck to his face, which he licked his mouth clean of.

“So fucking nasty, I love it.” She smirked.

“Only for you.” He replied, kissing her as he stood up. Shoving his hand into the pocket of his pants, he fished out a condom from his wallet.

“I see you’re prepared.” She teased.

He shrugged. “I have to be ready for when my sexy neighbor decides to come snooping into my store and ends up sprawled across my workstation.” He tore the packaging open with his teeth, working the latex down his length.

“You sure this is okay?” He asked 

“Just fuck me already.” Tiana replied.

“Understood.” He slid her panties to the side once again, his cock centimeters from her entrance.

“You can take them off, you know.”

“I could,” He agreed, “but I lack the patience for that.”

Changkyun’s eyes fluttered closed as he sunk deeper and deeper into her cunt, groaning once he bottomed out. “Fuck, you’re so tight, baby.”

He lifted her leg to his shoulder. “I’m a bit desperate, baby. You understand, right?”

And then he set the pace.

Fast.

Hard.

Deep.

His thrusts barely gave Tiana a chance to catch her breath. The sound of skin and pleasure filled the room, the table screeching across the concrete floor from the sheer force Changkyun was exuding were all adding to the scenario.

“If it’s too much for you, you can always tap out.” He said, smirking.

Tiana glared. “Keep that advice in mind for yourself.”

“I’ll hold you to that.” He said, angling his thrusts to brush up against that special spot, making Tiana cry out, her heart speeding up and she had her second orgasm of the day. She exhaled, her head hitting the table with a soft thud.

“I didn’t know you could squirt.”

She furrowed her eyebrows. “I can’t.”

“You just did though?”

Sitting up, she inspected the table and sure enough, there was a wet spot on the light mahogany table.

Tiana shrugged. “It was probably you.”

Changkyun gave her a look then snorted. “Whatever you say.” Grabbing the back of her knees, he pulled her to her feet only to turn her around and bend her over the table.

“What are you doing?”

“You thought we were done? Cute.” He said, hands wrapping around her hips as he slid back in. He resumed his brutal pace from before, as if he never stopped.

Tiana whimpered. How the hell could he keep going after all this time? Her legs threatened to give out beneath her, still sensitive from her previous orgasm. She reached for the table, trying to level herself.

Changkyun yanked her back. “Where you going, baby? Don’t tell me you’re running away.” He left hot kisses across her back. “You’re taking me so well. You can keep going for a little while longer, can’t you?”

Tiana nodded, the pleasure and and his words a dangerous mix that had her teeter-tottering off the edge of a lustful cliff.

“Good girl.” He said, his thrusts slowing down significantly, becoming sloppier and sloppier as he approached his climax. Snaking his arm around Tiana’s midsection, his fingers rubbed quick circles on her clit.

“Shh, I know, baby. I know.” he said when she gasped, trying to wiggle away from his touch. “Just give me one more, then we’re done.”

Tiana’s jaw fell slack, a silent scream as her mind went blank and the world fell silent, overwhelmed by pleasure.

“You’re so fucking tight, baby. Your pretty little cunt sucking me in so good. You’re so fucking good.” Changkyun mumbled as he came into the condom. He fell forward, laying his head on Tiana’s back.

“Mmm, you’re heavy. Move.” She hit his head with her shoulder. “And you have to throw that out.” She said, referring to the condom.

“Alright, alright, I’m getting up.” He said, walking to the wastebasket and disposing of the condom.

Tianna finally tried to stand up, only to realize the amount of wetness between her thighs that dripped down to her legs.

“Huh, I guess the stain was me.” She mumbled, dumbfounded.

“Of course it was. Your cum is everywhere.” He said, bringing her her clothes. “There’s a bathroom back there.” He pointed.

Tiana mumbled a thanks before making her way there.

When Tiana emerged from the bathroom, Changkyun was sat at the table in front of the sewing machine once again, as if he didn’t just fuck her brains out.

“So now it’s back to work, huh?” She asked.

He laughed softly. “You’re beautiful, believe me, but I have to keep the lights on.”

“You do more than that I’m sure. The only reason I even had customers today was because you’re closed. I wish I knew a way to get people interested in me again.” She sighed.

Changkyun stood up, walking to a far corner in the room. He came back, fastening something cold to Tiana’s neck.

Glancing down, she noticed it was the necklace he bought from her two weeks ago.

“What are you doing?”

“I bought it because I thought it would look beautiful on you, but I knew you wouldn’t wear it out of hopes it would be sold. Sometimes the best mannequin for your merchandise is yourself. You see me wear my own clothes all the time. That gets me more customers than you think. Try it sometime, it sure beats tossing all your stuff in the backroom.”

“The brains and the brawn, you’re just the whole package aren’t you?” She teased.

“What can I say, it’s hard being this perfect but someone has to take on the burden.” He said feigning tiredness. 

Tiana rolled her eyes. “Whatever.”

Changkyun stepped towards her, eyes set on her lips once again. Just as he was about to close the space between them again,

“Changkyun!”

“Kyun, are you here? The front door is unlocked!”

“Someone’s here!” Tiana panicked.

“Shit, it’s Jooheon and Minhyuk. They usually come check on me during my sewing days.”

“I have to go!” Tiana whispered as the footsteps grew closer.

“Through the back, come on!” Changkyun pulled her towards the bathroom, which had a small door that led to the back alley.

“Just go through here and make that first right, you’ll be right out front.” He said.

Tiana nodded, stepping through the threshold. 

“Hold on!” 

Changkyun grabbed her waist, pulling her in for one more kiss. “Okay, run, go!” He said.

“Changkyun!”

“Back here! Can I use the bathroom for two seconds?” He said, closing the backdoor.

Tiana made her way back into Love-Washed, where Amara was at the counter ringing up the customers.

“Look who finally remembered she owned a store.” She said, rolling her eyes.

“I’m sorry, I lost track of time. You can head back to the stockroom, Ama. I’ll take it from here.” She said, sliding behind the register.

“Hallelujah.” 

The next day started just as any other. Tiana sat at the counter watching multitudes of people make their way to Duality. Just as she was about to do inventory once again, the door’s chime went off.

“You know, I’ve never been here, but now that I look, the stuff is so cute!” 

Tiana turned around to see two friends in the middle of the store.

“Hi! Welcome to Love-Washed.”

“Oh! Good Morning! We came to browse the store since Changkyun from across the street is doing a sale.” The girls said as dozens more people from across the street made their way into Tiana’s store.

“A sale?”

“Yeah!” One of the girls said. “If we make a purchase here and bring him the receipt, we get 50% from his store! Although now that I’m here, I’ll definitely be coming here more often! It’s so nice to see the store owners here working together!” She showed Tiana the coupon, and sure enough it said:

‘Limited time offer! Make any purchase at Love-Washed across the street and receive 50% your next purchase at Duality! Must show receipt to receive coupon.’

Tiana smiled, handing the coupon back. “Well, welcome, and if you need anything, I’m here to help.”

The girls thanked her, running off to browse.

Tiana walked up to the display window, looking straight out to the window of Changkyun’s store.

There, she saw him at the register, handing out the handmade coupons to each patron. He looked up, meeting her gaze. He smiled, winking at her before helping the next customer.

“Excuse me?”

“Yes?” Tiana said, focusing on the customer in front of her.

“I couldn’t help but notice your necklace. It’s beautiful. Do you sell it here at the store? Purple is my favorite color!”

Tiana smiled. “Yes, actually. It’s a Love-Washed exclusive. I can also show you more from this collection if you’d like?”

“Yes, please!”

Walking back to the register, Amara came out of the backroom, confused.

“Tee, where all these people come from?”

“Across the street.”

“From Duality?”

“Apparently, everyone that shops here gets a discount from there.”

Amara glanced at Tiana, then smirked. “Okay, miss thang, I see you.”

“Me? I didn’t do anything!”

“Sure you didn’t. Well, I’ll be in the back if you need me.” She said, waving her off.

Tiana shook her head, looking out the window again. This time, Changkyun was at his usual spot by the mailbox, smirking her way. Tiana smiled, waving at him.

Maybe Changkyun as a neighbor wasn’t so bad.

[iamnameim]

I am not someone who is loved

Kihyun au

female oc

"no matter how hard he tried, she deemed herself unloveable and refused to let him show her otherwise."

She hated to admit it. She hated her neighbor, yet she loved him like you'd love a family member. Or so she told herself. But she would show up in the lonely hours and softly knock on his door, and he would open without hesitation as if he had long since grown used to this and waited for her knuckles against the door.

He always let her come back in, even when he battles with himself to cut it off for the sake of his own heart and the safety of his sanity. But her friendship and being the one she comes to with these needs are better than nothing. And sometimes, nothing felt better. He was needed, especially when she was needy, and to be needed by her was a feeling he couldn't describe.

And the times they would drink wine by his fireplace with the patio doors open and the curtains blowing like her hair with the moonlight on her tan skin, her swears of sobriety were forgotten whispers when she told him how much she adored him. He stupidly let his hopes rise, knowing she would have forgotten or pretended to because she wasn't that drunk the next day.

Around our friends, she's sweet and entirely out of reach, yet everyone sees how wrapped around her finger Kihyun was. Nobody knew the depths in which his feelings went, though. She never let on all of the secrets, the stolen kisses at 4 in the morning. What a goddess she was under, on, and between with him in the moonlight. She was admirable, alluring, angelic, and appealing, and he could think of a word to describe her with every letter of the alphabet. It was all Kihyun ever thought about.

"I don't know why you haven't told her yet, bro. I don't know how she doesn't see how you look at her." one of the boys would say.

She knew she saw. Kihyun would shrug, "the moment has never been right."

Every secret moment shared between them had been the right moment, and he reminded her every day. Maybe it was crazy, and he needed to cut his losses, but he was too deep. He wanted to be her someone, someone she couldn't live without like she was to him.

He would tell her every day, even if she rejected him because she was worth it, and he never wanted to imagine someone else walking to him in a white dress. He couldn't imagine loving someone else. He didn't want to.

__________________

"Kiki, you're quiet." she wrapped her arm around his neck, in the most platonic way, as Minhyuk was in the same room. "I'm just tired, I'm sorry" he almost used his nickname for her, but he thought better of it. The thought made him shiver.

"Minnie, I am heading home. I'll see you Friday?" she gave Kihyun a look; knowing him inside and out, she didn't buy it, but she didn't press.

Minhyuk nodded enthusiastically, "Bye, Jinni!"

She slowly walked past and ruffled Kihyun's hair. He held back his gasp. This looked mundane and platonic to any outsider, but he knew better. Minhyuk shot him a knowing smirk while wiggling his eyebrows, but Kihyun ignored him; he was in his thoughts. He was again in another battle with himself, and no matter how much he told himself he would not open the door later, Kihyun knew he would. The process would repeat itself over and over like the same broken record playing the same romantically dramatic music that was his life.

He was truly pathetic.

....

He watched the clock on the wall from his bed. I counted from hours to minutes, and he was now in the seconds before he got up and waited with his forehead pressed to the door. Within a minute, the was a soft knock, as always.

He opened the door and wanted so badly to tell her this was over and to go back to bed, but with the look on her sweet, sweet face, he melted instantly, as he always had and probably always would.

"Can I come in?" she asked, looking almost innocent. Kihyun didn't speak as he moved aside to let her in. She went straight to the couch and lightly plopped down, throwing a leg over the back of the sofa. Something like this left him in awe. He was so in awe of everything she did, what she wore, the things she said, stuff she did. So in awe of her.

"What were you thinking about earlier, Kihyun?" she asked, and he almost missed her soft voice. He shook his head as he sat down, "when?"

she looked at him with a frown, the cutest frown he'd ever seen. "Kihyunnie, don't play like that. Tell me." She sat up, "Were you thinking about me?" she whispered, closer to his ear, and this would initiate something on any other night, but Kihyun couldn't hold himself back.

"I love you," he mumbled, looking at her. She pulled herself back, sighing, "Kihyun... I am not someone who can love. I am not someone who is loved."

He shook his head, "but if that were true, I wouldn't love you, and I do. I do so much."

She shook her head and stood up, hands on her hips.

"Jin, I know what you've been through. I have been there every step of the way and loved you through every single part of your past. Why is that not good enough? And to say you don't feel the same? Yet, you keep coming back here like clockwork, or telling me how much you adore me while not being that drunk and-"

"Kihyun, stop it. We've talked about this. I don't do relationships. I-"

"I don't think you understand, do you? I am so in love with you, And these meetings, all of the things you say, hurt me to act like none of these means anything to you."

"well, it doesn't, Kihyun," she said blankly.

His heart collapsed in his chest. He stuttered, unable to speak without letting stray tears all. and he knew then that he had to end it here, or he would not make it. "Then I can't do this anymore. I can't keep getting heartbroken by you."

She said nothing else; she nodded and made her exit. Kihyun was stone still in his spot, shuddering with tears.

--------

She couldn't believe what had been done to her so many times before; she had done it to someone she loved. Someone that didn't deserve it. She didn't deserve Kihyun's love, his heart. It was late, and she doubted that the boys would be up, but she ran as fast as her legs would. The streets were blurred with tears. She needed to let it all go, all of the tears and pain, and who do you go to when the person you would go to is going to hate you forever.

you knocked frantically, hoping someone would answer, and after a minute, the door unlocked, and Changkyun peeked out. "Jini? What are you doing here? Are you okay?"

The tears flood your face, and you fall into him, "I just messed up so bad.." you whimpered, and he shushed you. shutting the door behind you. he sat you down, and you sighed, knowing what you had to say was what you never wanted to tell anyone. "I hurt kihyun, I hurt him, and I never meant to."

"slow down; what are you talking about?" he soothed you and gave you time to explain everything. The secret meetings, the events that happened tonight, the fear that you will fall only to be let down again. You were glad it was changkyun that answered; he was secretly good about this.

"First of all, you know Kihyun would never hurt you. He has picked up so many pieces of your heart and helped you put them back together. He has dried many of your tears and soothed you ten times over. Why are you afraid to let him in? He's been in. Jini." he paused to let his words sink in before continuing, "Second of all, the love he has for you is written on his face when he sees you, at the mention of your name, and yours isn't as hidden as you think. I know you are scared, but this is the kihyun we are talking about. Kihyun!" he smiled, and you sniffled, "well, I messed up, so he's going to hate me. I broke his heart tonight."

Changkyun rolls his eyes, "I wouldn't recommend going back tonight but sort out your feelings and go to him. I am positive things will work out. I know kihyun will forgive you. Crash here, maybe give it a day or two." he kissed your forehead and you sighed, maybe he was right.

He got you a pillow and a blanket and said his goodnights before you lay awake, letting your thoughts and emotions consume you.

============

I might do a part 2, depending on how well this does, I know that it kinda switches p.o.vs at the end and I will maybe correct that later. I edited using grammerly so I hope it is okay... Kinda my first fic and its been sitting my drafts for a while so i thought i would finish and post... be kind >,> will edit again later..

[mymoonspace22]

Moon Slave Pt. 3 (Monsta X Mini-Fic)

By: Artemis B.🥀

Genre: romance, friendship, werewolf au, monsta x fanfiction, short fanfic, light reading, angst, sobrenatural, magic, sobrenatural au, hyungwon x female oc, hyungwon centric, vampire changkyun, shaman kihyun, wizard minhyuk, vampire wonho, human shownu, human jooheon, werewolf hyungwon x human oc.

Warning: strong language, blood, slight body horror, trauma.

Note: No ships, No smut (sorry)

Part 2 here

Part 1 here

________________

A few minutes until the full moon rises.

Already in Hyungwon's basement, the group of friends were preparing everything. Minhyuk placed several things that the younger can destroy while in his feral state; Jooheon called them wishing them good luck, being away on a well-deserved vacation; Changkyun secured the chains to the wall with Hoseok's help; Kihyun was securing the chains on Hyungwon's wrists and reinforcing them with 5 spells.

The young werewolf was barely aware of what was happening, his mind was in the clouds, literally, he felt the slightest movement, looked for the slightest sign that the clouds would soon disperse, revealing his tormentor: the full moon, reminding him that he's his slave.

The black-haired man felt the fear making its way into his being at the same time that the tingling he felt in the morning amplified in intensity, making him groan occasionally.

When Kihyun finished securing the chains, Hyungwon felt his friends move a few steps away from him, suddenly his skin began to burn with fever and his clothes stung, making him itchy and hot.

“Shit, his clothes. We forgot to tell him.” Kihyun cursed under his breath.

"Well, too late, the moon will rise in 30 seconds." Hoseok replied nervously.

Hearing that, Hyungwon gasped and looked out the window alarmed, watching the clouds begin to disperse, causing another emotion he hates to take over: Panic. He began to gasp and yank at the chains, making them rattle but to no avail.

"H...hyung...Hyung, get me out of here, I don't want to be here!" he begged between sobs and gasps.

"No , no! He's coming, I don't want to, I don't want to, get me out of here!" His hysterical look and his screams full of panic were scaring the others.

"Woonie... it's for your own good, please... breathe" Kihyun tried to calm him down without success.

"No I can't! I can't breathe!" he began to hyperventilate, the light of the full moon began to peek through the window.

"Don't do this to me please, please! Don't do this to me! KIHYUN HYUNG STOP THIS!". The aforementioned jumped back at that heartbreaking cry, he had never seen Hyungwon so upset since his first transformation, and the slight sparkle in his eyes is confirming that something else is taking control of his mind.

"Hyung, I think we should move further away..." Hoseok warned cautiously.

Everyone moved a few steps back, getting closer to the exit, Hoseok had to pull Kihyun a bit by his clothes, since the blonde couldn't move.

"Are you going to leave me here?! Alone?! HOW CAN YOU DO THIS TO ME?! Ow, Ow! DAMN, DAMN IT!"  he yelled between gasps of hysteria, pulling the chains more and more with an overwhelming force, worrying the others if they would hold. 

He began to growl in frustration as he couldn't get free, one of his primitive thoughts making an appearance: anger. A feeling so intense and foreign to him that it terrifies him, because he doesn't know what could happen if he lets himself be consumed, and now that's what's happening. He snarled and gasped, yanking harder again, fangs bared like a wild animal.

“Hyung, the wolf…he's very strong…he's completely dominating him.” Minhyuk whispered to Kihyun, who was watching everything with teary eyes.

"Argh! Aaagh!" and the first crack was heard throughout the basement, surprising everyone, the change was beginning.

" IT HURTS! GET ME OUT OF HERE, GET ME OUT!" His voice became deep and full of growls, scaring the others who took more distance.

It's a nightmare and one that they will never be able to get used to. Hyungwon, who is normally funny, calm and collected, is now shaking his head from side to side and yelling in pain as he tries to break the chains by yelling all sorts of nonsense, his voice unrecognizable to them.

"MAKE IT STOP, MAKE IT STOP, AAAARGGGGGH!" His bones cracked violently again and the boys saw how something moved under his shirt, bending his back in a gruesome way.

The sweaty black-haired man's nails turned into claws and he, imprisoned by desperation, began to tear his shirt, making numerous huge scratches in his chest that began to heal instantly, leaving his torso bare and shiny with sweat and traces of blood.

"I'LL RIP YOUR SKIN OFF, DAMN IT! No, I won't do that! Help me, please, help… AGHHH! I didn't mean it!"

The threat sounded so foreign to him that he even scared himself, but he couldn't stop, it's as if he was being possessed by a demon and his body no longer belonged to him.

"I'LL KILL YOU ALL, I SWEAR, AAAGH AAAARHHHHG!" He kept shouting horrible words as his voice became reverberant and dual, as if two minds were fighting in the same body.

"My God!" Minhyuk sobbed covering his mouth.

"Shit! HE'S GROWING?!" Changkyun exclaimed in alarm.

The next thing that happened left them with their blood frozen. Hyungwon's toned chest began to pound rhythmically, followed by his shoulders and arms, until his entire body seemed to be pounding like a fearful heart. Kihyun looked into his eyes and saw a clouded expression, his gaze lost in pain, fever and change, his eyes wide and a menacing amber color.

Hyungwon seemed to pant in rhythm with the palpitations until his body began to grow, his muscles became more toned, filled with fiber and power, his skin flushed red with fever, his bones kept cracking but the boy seemed to be in a trance, his mouth ajar, letting out increasingly deep and loud gasps, letting his sharp fangs shine a little.

Suddenly, he whimpered in anguish and growled loudly as he slammed his hands into the ground, scratching the wooden floor with his claws as he felt the pain of change again. His spine cracked loudly, he felt it moving under his skin, which is painful. He continued to grow at a torturously slow and sensitive pace, he felt like his whole body was going to explode, but it didn't, instead his muscles turned to rocks and a fine layer of hair began to cover his body.

"AURHHHG AAAAH AHHH AARRRRRGHHHH!" He sounded strange, more animal than man, he let out more screams as he felt his legs break and grow, reforming into something more animal-like. His feet grew and became hairy, his nails grew almost to match the claws on his hands.

Another wild feeling washed over his mind along with the pain, tearing its way inside him: Power, dominance, greatness, ferocity... Truly, it's a mountain of emotions that are clouding his judgment like an invitation, as if that side of him asked for something.

He felt a strong tingle on the back of his neck, his hair began to grow longer, going down his back and joining the rest of his fur. He could hear a little of the gasps and alarmed expressions of his friends, but it was all drowned out by the loud crunching of his bones and his ferocious screams of pain.

In a small corner of his affected mind he remembered Hoseok's words: "Until you see it as a part of you, it will continue to grow to be a monster."

“Part of me, part of me?… For that I have to let him…win… as Hyunwoo hyung told me, but I'm so scared, this isn't me, this isn't me. ...” his stormy train of thought was interrupted by a voice, the sweet words that had flown from her full lips that night, fearlessly, doubtlessly, waveringly caressing his face.

"It's a part of you, I love and will love all parts of you, darling" he gasped remembering that, the fear he felt as he felt the change happening and she was seeing it all, without any protection, trusting him. He gasped again as he found the answer to all his doubts in the last words that she had whispered to him before getting lost, and that he had not understood until now: "I know it hurts, and it's scary, but breathe. Breathe with me, let it go, receive the change"

"I...I must let it...happen, accept it..." he came to the realization between pain and anguish.

Something clicked inside his mind and, still terrified, he groaned under his breath letting his eyes roll behind his head, he took several deep breaths and felt the power of the full moon amplify, running through his body now in one more tingle, constant, warmer, stronger, more powerful, more..., he wants more..., he needs more, and so, without thinking... he let himself go.

"AAAAAARRRRRRGGHHHH!" His scream took on a new vigor and feeling, wilder, more uncontrolled.

He felt his spine move and lengthen, as did his cheekbones. From his lower back the bone of his spine forced its way painfully, quickly surrounding itself with his flesh and fur, creating a prominent tail.

The pain in his face made him arch up towards the ceiling, feeling his face elongate, and his already grown fangs became enormous, his face filled with jet black fur and his eyes became wolfish, now wearing an eerie golden color, not a shred of humanity left in him.

The creature crouched down panting, growling and howling as it felt for more, demanding more. His friends looked at him in shock, "is the change still going on?!" they thought in alarm.

Hyungwon now fully controlled by his wild side, and with his mind fragmented beyond repair, welcomed the next change with masochistic delight, enjoying the pain he was feeling. His body kept throbbing as his muscles began to grow more and more, as well as his height, his friends looked at him puzzled, full of restlessness and fear.

"Yes... fear me, fear me. More... I want more..." he received the change, but his sanity slipped from his hands, merging with that of the beast, creating something new in his subconscious, something fearsome, dark. His gasps sounded more pleasant than painful, and without further ado, he let out a howl, welcoming the power.

"AAAUUUUUUUUGGGGHHH!"

His howl was so deep and shrill, that the other boys had to cover their ears, they even felt the ground vibrate a little with the power that howl carried, a little demonstration of his dominance, a little demonstration of what he can do, " More... I need more..." he thought between gasps moving his long tongue over his sharp fangs.

It stood erect, its arms flexing, its abdomen iron and its huge claws in torturous delight.

"Is he...enjoying it?" Hoseok asked in alarm.

"Isn't that what you wanted?" Minhyuk demanded. The minor shook his head.

"He's not just receiving the change, he's allowing the change to dominate him," he pointed out nervously.

"He's indulged in primitive pleasure, his mind is... fragmented."

"It's the pleasure of an alpha to be the strongest and most powerful, Hyunwoo hyung told me. That's not just Hyungwon anymore, his wild side has completely taken control of him." Kihyun explained heavily and anguished. "Please Woonie, you can handle this, don't let it tear you apart like that" he begged anguished.

"God, how much will he grow?" Changkyun exclaimed in alarm, seeing how the room felt smaller.

And it is that the lycanthrope continued to grow more and more, it had already passed 2 meters and continued to grow, looking more robust, hairy and prominent, taking up more space in the basement barely 5 meters high.

"Well, if it goes over 4 meters, we're screwed." Minhyuk exclaimed.

"Yes, it will destroy everything," Hoseok added, taking another step back, stopping abruptly as he saw the werewolf's ears move and come to rest on his head.

"Shit, he heard me."

Hearing that he could destroy things ignited that pleasure inside him, to be wild and destructive, yes, to show them his true power, to show them his dominance, to show them how he received the change.

He got up and grabbed the wall causing more scratches, the chains are a little tight but he doesn't care, he just wants to end the change, receive power.

"ARRRGGGHHHHHH AAAAAARRRGHHHHHHH!"

He flexed strongly, feeling more palpitations and accelerating his growth. The others looked at him in alarm as they watched their friend lose himself, growing into a giant hairy beast full of savagery, thirsting for power.

Suddenly, he reached his hairy hand towards the ceiling, touching it, scratching part of it with his huge claws as he felt an exciting tingle that indicated his last shred of power.

"AAAAAAAUURRRGHHH" he grew a little more, until he stopped, panting with exhaustion and pleasure.

"God! Oh God! Do you think it's over?” Minhyuk asked in a whisper, hiding behind Kihyun who was standing in his spot, unable to move from shock.

They saw the werewolf panting with his head down, trying to steady himself. Then it rose to a menacing height of 3'11", one meter taller than the previous full moon.

"Yes, finished. My God, it grew at least a meter more!" Chankyun expressed surprise and fear.

Hearing human voices alerted the beast, which directed its huge golden eyes towards the group of boys. Its orbs shone in the shadows in a menacing and fearsome way, it opened its snout full of sharp fangs in a strange expression, similar to a dark smile.

This triggered the boys' flight instinct, which the two vampires and two shamans heeded as they ran down the basement stairs.

The beast tried to reach them but the chains stopped him, causing him to growl in anger. Outside, Kihyun with the help of Minhyuk, closed the door and sealed it with 6 protective spells, exhausting themselves in the process.

The werewolf was frustrated, roaring loudly, releasing so much power and authority, that the walls and floor of the house trembled.

"My God! My God! How much power does he have to cause tremors with his roars?!" Minhyuk exclaimed in alarm.

"I...I'm afraid too much, even for him to control." Kihyun responded with anguish and some bitterness. "That's not Hyungwon, what happened in his mind that he became like this?"

"Did you see how big it is? It's almost 4 meters!" Hoseok exclaimed.

"Yes, he's a damn giant! I've never seen a lycan so big and tall" Minhyuk yelled shuddering.

"Okay, now what?" the youngest of all asked slowly.

Kihyun thought for a few moments. "We wait and stand guard until it passes. Don't fall asleep." he ordered them.

Another powerful roar shook the house followed by sounds and bangs coming from the basement.

"With Hyungwon like this and those chains running the risk of breaking? NOBODY WILL CLOSE AN EYE IN THIS HOUSE." Minhyuk exclaimed, scared and then fell on the chair.

"I just hope he's okay and comes back to us..."

"Don't worry Minmin, he will. Now sit down, it's going to be a long night.” Kihyun consoled him by taking a seat next to him.

The four young people stood guard all night to take care of their friend, accompany him in those difficult, intense and strange moments, hoping that, at dawn, he would be the same Hyungwon as always.

The end.

Or not?🤭

[deijiyong]

Navigation: Next Part | Story Masterlist | Masterlist

2015 December 20th - Surprise !! (2/2)

You’re inspecting them when you notice someone shivering just next to the security office

They’re bouncing and running in place to get warm, lights shining off the front of their metal suitcase

You feel a pang of worry, if this guy was held up at the security office, it meant they were still working and Taeyong being this drunk would get him in trouble

You slap his arm

Idiot, get yourself together

Security is still working

Huh?

He trips and almost takes you down with him, but someone calling your name jerks you to a stop as you turn back to look at the body near the security office

Hello?

YN!

The body rushes over to you, a smile stretched over his face as his arms wrap tightly around you

He feels almost frozen, his lips are even turning blue and you press your hands holding the warmers to his cheeks

Kyun, what are you doing here?

How did you get here?

How did you know where I was?

(he looks to the boy pulling himself up off the ground)

I overheard a call between you and Jooheon a few months ago

You told Jiyeon you were at school in Seoul

I asked my parents if I could come see you

They said yes

You cannot be here though

I live in a girls’ dorm

They’re not going to let you on campus

Who the hell is that

(eyes changkyun) the wallpaper guy?

Wallpaper guy?

You drag Taeyong to his feet and stand back in front of Changkyun

I have our graduation photo as my phone wallpaper

Who is he?

What’s it to you, punk?

Tae, go to bed

(pouts) but I wanted to hang out with you

You sigh looking from Taeyong to Changkyun

Both look confused by the other and you’re not sure why

I’ll help you take him to his dorm

Changkyun grabs Taeyong’s arm and wraps it over his shoulders

Help me with my bag, please?

You grab his suitcase and wheel it behind you as you lead Changkyun towards the mixed dorm

It’s almost curfew so you’re not allowed to go inside, same with Changkyun

Go to bed, Tae

I’ll text you tomorrow (pouts)

Yeah, yeah whatever

Don’t ignore my text!

You always ignore my texts :(

Go

When he disappears inside you turn to look at Changkyun, he looks more relaxed than he did earlier when he first saw you

You release a breath and head towards your girl dorm, mind wondering how you can get the matron to let him stay just one night in your room

Asking that, as the one girl that has no friends besides Taeyong is probably going to cause problems whenever Changkyun leaves, but you don’t care about that right now

Wait here

Ok

You go into your dorm and head straight for the office

The matron is sitting behind her desk, hands running over the keyboard before you knock to get her attention

She looks tired

Hello Mrs. Kim

I know it’s not allowed, but I have a friend from abroad here

And I was wondering if he could stay for the night

Just tonight

Please

YN, dear, you know that’s not allowed

Mrs. Kim, I know it’s curfew soon and you will lock the doors

If I leave to get him to a hotel, I won’t be able to get back inside

You will dock me points for not being home

I’m sure you will dock me points for this request

Either way, I’ll have strikes against me

I just ask you let him stay one night

Please

Where is he?

Outside

In the cold? For how long?

I’m not sure? He was standing by the security office when I got back from dinner

(sighs) YN, one night

I don’t want to see him tomorrow

Yes, ma’am! 

I promise

She waves you off and you go to collect Changkyun from outside

He stops briefly, his lips are a deeper blue when he greets Mrs. Kim and thanks her for letting him stay the night

You rush him to the elevator and press the 5

You’re so dumb (laugh)

(pouts) I wanted to surprise you

I didn’t know how cold it would be

Now you know

The doors open and you rush him down to 5E, pushing him into the room before you then turn and lock it behind you

He stares at you for a moment, dropping his voice to a whisper

So scandalous

Miss YN has a man in her room

(you slap him) shut up, idiot

You turn and pull off your jacket, pushing Kyun down to the floor where the heat feels best and wrap your blanket around him

He watches you run around your room to put your things away

Bras and things that you would have never of left out if you knew he would be in your room

You change into your nightshirt and sit next to him on the ground

Changkyun wraps the blanket around you as well, grinning as he maneuvers you to lean against him like when you used to hang out

So who was the drunkard?

The guy who forced his way into my life

Normally, in a situation when he doesn’t have friends who know me, he wouldn’t be able to meet me 

It’s weird like that here

But he seems determined to be my friend (you shrug)

(squeezes you in his arms) seems like a nice guy

(eye roll) just say it

You think he has a crush on me like Jooheon and Jiyeon

I mean, yeah

But at least he has good taste

How has school been?

Lonely

Changkyun grabs your right hand that’s holding the blanket closed and laces his fingers between yours

I had a meltdown in the first semester

Jooheon barely saved me from doing something stupid

I didn’t really recover

I started drinking a lot and partying

Joo kept me on track with school, though

I heard you cursed him out about Jiyeon

Yeah, you know how strong Jiyeon is

But she had called me crying that Jooheon was cheating on her

I wasn’t just going to let it happen

That’s why he started going to see her once a month

Makes sense

You look up at him, his lips have some pink returning to them

Maybe you should sleep on the floor

It’s warmer

And your body is still thawing

(pouts) babe

Your health is more important than a sleepover, sir

You can tell he doesn’t like the thought, but you pull out a blanket set for him and place it as close to the bed as you can without having to step over him to get to your bed

He takes that time to change, leaving his suitcase open near your desk before he settles on the blankets you laid out for him

You’re sitting on your bed when you toss a pillow at him

I want my blanket back

I already gave you one

But (he grins) if I keep this one, you have to join me down here

Right?

Changkyun gives in when you just stare at him

You pull the blanket over your legs as you smile at him, happy to see him after so many months

We’ll find you a hotel tomorrow morning

Somewhere close to campus

Are you off for Christmas?

No

I have classes and a morning thing on Saturday

But we can hang out on Sunday

When do you go back?

The 28th?

Are you going to go back and visit your parents?

(shakes his head) probably not

I’m going to pay them back for this trip for sure

I promised my mom I would get a job when I go back

You turn off the light by your bed, eyes feeling heavy even though you’re happy your best friend is in Seoul with you for Christmas

(whispers) YN?

Hm?

I missed you

I missed you too

Author's Note: I had to break this chapter up because the tumblebeasts would've made it impossible to edit after posting. Sorry.

[rochellebae]

Pov: Changkyun is your boyfriend and your streaks look like this…

[tinytinyblogs]

Minhyuk As Your Boyfriend

Boyfriend

(n.) A person who 90% of the time annoy you, and 10% of the time makes you forget the 90%

Monsta X Masterlist Here

He loves playing games with you, and he'll happily spend all day doing so. You'll both scream so loudly when you lose, but I hope your neighbors don't mind! You and Minhyuk are the loudest gamers in the neighborhood. You scream and shout and cheer so loudly that your neighbors probably think you're crazy. But you don't care, because you're having too much fun. You'll spend hours playing your favorite games, whether it's Mario Kart, Super Smash Bros., or League of Legends. You'll trash-talk each other and laugh at each other's misfortunes. You'll even get a little competitive, but it's all in good fun. When you finally lose, you'll both scream and shout in frustration. But then you'll laugh it off and start a new game. You'll never get tired of playing games together, because it's always so much fun.

Minhyuk knows how to make you smile, and spending time with him is always so much fun. So when he's away for a few days, you might feel a little bored. But don't worry, there are plenty of things you can do to keep yourselves entertained.

Minhyuk suggested adopting a puppy on a whim, and you thought it was a great idea. You spent the whole day running around the house taking pictures of the puppy, trying to get the perfect shot. You and Minhyuk had been talking about getting a puppy for a while, but you never really took the initiative to do it. But one day, Minhyuk came home from work and said, "I think we should adopt a puppy." You were a little surprised, but you were also excited. You had always wanted a puppy, and you knew Minhyuk would be a great dog dad.

This man will be extremely worried if you get sick or if he sees you crying in front of him. He will do whatever it takes to take care of you, even if it means googling how to take care of you or calling Kihyun at 3 a.m. in the morning. He will hold your hand and tell you everything is going to be okay. He will get you a warm blanket and a cup of tea. He will stay up with you all night if he has to. He will do whatever it takes to make sure you feel better. He knows that you are his priority, and he will do anything to make sure you are happy and healthy. He is the most caring and supportive person you know, and you are lucky to have him in your life.

Minhyuk would love to take you to all the cute and aesthetic places in town. He would start by taking you to a cafe with a beautiful view. You would order coffee and pastries, and you would sit outside and people-watch. Then, he would take you to a flower shop, where you would pick out a bouquet of flowers for each other. After that, you would go for a walk in the park, and you would take some couple photos in front of the fountain. For dinner, he would take you to a restaurant with a romantic atmosphere. You would order your favorite dishes, and you would talk for hours. After dinner, he would walk you back to your apartment, and he would kiss you goodnight. Minhyuk would be so proud to be your boyfriend, and he would want everyone to know it. He would show the members the couple photos he took of you, and he would tell them all about the date. He would tell them about the food you ate, the things you did, and how much fun you had together. He would be so happy to have you in his life, and he would want to share his happiness with everyone.

Minhyuk is so proud to be your boyfriend that he can't help but brag about you to his members. He'll tell them stories about your dates, your conversations, and even your quirks. At first, they'll be happy for him, but eventually they'll start to get tired of hearing about you all the time. They might even start to tease him about it. But Minhyuk doesn't care. He's just so happy to have you in his life, and he wants everyone to know about it. Even though the members might get tired of hearing about you, they would still be happy for Minhyuk. They would know that he's found someone special, and they would be supportive of his relationship with you.

Your relationship with Minhyuk is always exciting and never dull. You always have something to look forward to, whether it's a new date night, a weekend getaway, or just spending time together at home. Minhyuk always knows how to make you laugh, and he always makes you feel loved and appreciated. You feel like the luckiest person in the world to have Minhyuk in your life. He is everything you could ever want in a partner. He is kind, funny, supportive, and loving. He always puts your needs first, and he always makes you feel special. Minhyuk tells you that he loves you more and more every day. He says that you are the most amazing person he has ever met, and that he can't imagine his life without you. You believe him, because you feel the same way about him.

[truthofself]

Title: lie to me Pairing(s): Hyungwon & Changkyun (Monsta X) Word Count: 1,494 Warning(s): N/A Original Date: 19 May 2018

Likes & Reblogs Appreciated <3 my ko-fi link

University wasn't anything like Im Changkyun expected. The only thing that was what he expected were the stupid parties thrown at the frats and his liking of being buzzed. What he wasn't expecting was go meet a model and instantly kind of like having him around. What he wasn't expecting was trying to play it cool around that boy. And when it ultimately failed, he wasn't expecting to pretend to start hating him to fix the issue of people figuring out he liked the tall model boy named Chae Hyungwon.

He spent a quarter of a semester playing it cool, looking cool and trying to impress Chae Hyungwon. But it never worked. The model was never impressed or even interested in the activities Changkyun had done. Not interested in him toying with his normal fashion sense or taking a stupid amount of selfies. Never interested when he asked if he wanted coffee, Hyungwon always spoke the same exhausted and bored tone asking for the same boring Americano everytime. It was annoying, frustrating and irked Changkyuns very being. Maybe that's why one week he finally snapped. No matter how much he adored and loved that model. He couldn't just sit around anymore and watch him or listen to him.

They weren't agreeing anymore. Changkyun openly went out of his way to disagree and bother Hyungwon. He openly showed disdain and anger towards the other male. Even if Chae Hyungwon was still able to make his heart flutter or even stop. Im Changkyun did everything to ignore those feelings and remind the model how much he apparently hated him. And he did, for weeks, for months.

Until the end of the semester. The last place Changkyun expected to see the model was the end of the semester frat Party. Which vexed him more than anything about Hyungwon. Changkyun attempted to get him to attend a frat party with him when they were friends. But he never wanted to. He always was studying or needed to sleep for an upcoming shoot and didn't want to risk having bags under his eyes. But here he stood, in the kitchen doorway. Red solo cup in hand laughing. Changkyun just stares for a few moments, taking a few drinks from his own cup.

What did he do to deserve seeing that boy here.

But yet, his heart still fluttered and raced. Changkyun was unsure if it was just the ridiculous amount of vodka he had already out into his system in the few hours he was there dancing or if it was because he still loved the model. He figured the latter because he would have happily gone over and flirted or asked to dance. He spent months away from and avoiding Chae Hyungwon, he hated the fact he pretended to hate him. He hated the fact he drove him Away. It was times like this were he was staring that made it obvious he was still in love. It was these times they his friends would notice and still tease him about the model.

It was times like this that sparked the idea of truth or dare in Changkyuns best friends head. She happily giggled, obviously gone on her own cups of vodka.

She happily whisked him away by the wrist taking him to an empty room away from the world up stairs. Slurred versions of stay here and wait fell from her lips as she vanished from the room. It took a bit, but she kept bringing in more people. One by one, she brought mutual friends, and one sided friends. Until a group of about 13 sat in that lonely room. Everyone held a cup, and after a few final moments passed as she emerged again through the door with the boy Changkyun wished she hadn't brought hooked around her arm. Chae Hyungwon seemed to be the same stoic man he always was. Besides for the small smile that was obviously tugging at the edges of his lips, and the pink that laid on his skin. Maybe if Changkyun was sober he would've left, upset at the sight but pleased that his best friend still understood him. He wanted to be mad, he wanted to be livid at the action done by the female. But he just grinned slightly, pleased.

“Binnie, what did you bring us here for” Changkyun spoke the girls name, with slurs in his words.

“Well Changkyunnie” she spoke taking a seat next to him. “Since it's the end of the sem, truth or dare” A grin was apparent on her lips  as she pulled a bottle out of the small bag that was pressed against her.

Always depend on Huang Binnie to be carrying more bottles of alcohol whenever it's needed. Keeping people tipsy when needed. Plus, she was just someone who loved vodka. She said it got her through all her problems and even school.

But here they are as they play Truth or Dare. Who knew it was still so captivating to University students. But everyone seemed to focused in each other. Seemed so focused on truths spoken that everyone is going to forget by morning. So focused on the stupid dares spoken, through lisped words and stutters and it was fine, until Hyungwon got to chose another person.

“Changkyun-ssi” He spoke, he seemed to focused on Changkyun, as if he'd slil away if he stopped looking at him.

Changkyun hummed in reply, focusing on making eye contact with the model and trying to hold back a smile knowing Hyungwon was only paying attention to him.

“Truth or Dare”

“Truth” And time stood still as Hyungwon paused, thinking obviously shocked that Changkyun choose truth over dare until the other time he was picked by someone.

“Have you ever lied to me, and what was it”

“I hate you Chae Hyungwon, more than anything” Was flowing from his mouth before he even had a chance to think about it. “I actually really like you” He didn't feel shameful or embarrassed. He just held his head high.

There was no reply at first. Just simple stares, a suffocating silence. Here Changkyun felt frustration fall into his mood again again Hyungwon opened his mouth.

“Believe me I like you too Changkyun-ssi” Hyungwon with a smile.

How long had they been together a year? A glorious year that made Changkyun the happiest. Even Hyungwon seemed pleased at the start before falling back into his normal Stoic persona. But it didn't bother Changkyun anymore like it once had. It made him happy now. Spending days with hands interlocked with the model. Spending days at photoshoots with him, or going out to dinners. They were happy.

And here they were at a similar frat party to mark the end of yet another semester. Go mark the end of the year. Together the two boys arrived together arms hooked. Changkyun was just grinning, and sometimes a similar grin flashed across Hyungwons face.

And even after a year, they found themselves in the same situation that got them together. The same boring empty room. Similar people, similar words spoken.

Expect the roles reversed.

“Hyungwon? Babe?”

“Yes?”

“Truth or dare”

“Truth”

“Tell me a lie you've been telling me all this time, and be honest”

Time stopped with the words that Hyungwon said. A head hung low, his voice wavered. Stuttered filled the words. “Believe me, I love you.”

Changkyun could have choked on the air he was breathing. Tears quickly formed at the edge of his eyes. He quickly found his way to his feet and stumbled out of the room, water falling from his eyes. He gulped down on the saliva that filled his mouth as he fell into a bathroom. Hyungwon followed him, closing the bathroom door behind him. Giving a few moments of silence.

“Go away” Changkyun spoke.

“Let me explain”

“There's nothing to explain”

“Yes there is.”

Changkyun glared at Hyungwon, begging that he were to leave but he didn't. He stood his ground at the door. But finally he spoke and explained himself.

“I did love you. The first time we met. I adored you Changkyun. And then you left me. Hated me. But then we got drunk at the last end semester party, and you said you liked me.”

“shut up”

“No. I'm going to explain myself. I was glad you confessed. And I did love you. I loved you last year. And this last year dating you was fantastic. I was happy. Even if I stopped loving you. I was glad you were happy.”

“I hate you”

“C-Changkyun—”

But Hyungwons words felt on deaf ears as the younger got up and pushed his out of his away and hastily made an exit. His love and adoration for Chae Hyungwon had died there and festered into the hatred he had pretended to have for the male last year. But now it was true, and stronger than his love once was for him.